TW201033249A - Diamine, polyimide, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal alignment film - Google Patents

Diamine, polyimide, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal alignment film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201033249A
TW201033249A TW098136696A TW98136696A TW201033249A TW 201033249 A TW201033249 A TW 201033249A TW 098136696 A TW098136696 A TW 098136696A TW 98136696 A TW98136696 A TW 98136696A TW 201033249 A TW201033249 A TW 201033249A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
organic group
crystal alignment
represented
Prior art date
Application number
TW098136696A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI480312B (en
Inventor
Naoki Sakumoto
Original Assignee
Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd filed Critical Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Publication of TW201033249A publication Critical patent/TW201033249A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI480312B publication Critical patent/TWI480312B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/64Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/16Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/20Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1042Copolyimides derived from at least two different tetracarboxylic compounds or two different diamino compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • C08G73/1078Partially aromatic polyimides wholly aromatic in the diamino moiety
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/02Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems
    • C07C2603/04Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings
    • C07C2603/22Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing only six-membered rings
    • C07C2603/24Anthracenes; Hydrogenated anthracenes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a liquid crystal aligning agent which can provide, without addition of a crosslinking agent, a liquid crystal alignment film that has excellent mechanical strength and is not easily scratched by rubbing. The liquid crystal aligning agent can also provide a highly reliable liquid crystal alignment film that provides a liquid crystal display element having a low ion density and a high voltage holding ratio even at high temperatures. Also disclosed is a polymer or the like for obtaining the liquid crystal aligning agent. The liquid crystal aligning agent is characterized by containing a polyimide precursor which contains a sub stituent having a structure represented by formula (1), or an imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor. (In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent organic group; and R1, R2 and R3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a divalent organic group having 1-10 carbon atoms.)

Description

201033249 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係有關製作液晶配向膜用之液晶配向劑,自該 液晶配向劑而得之液晶配向膜及製造該液晶配向劑用之聚 合物與單體。更詳細爲,係有關可得既使實施摩擦處理也 不易發生摩擦傷痕之機械強度優良的液晶配向膜,且高溫 下具有高電壓保持率、低離子密度而具有優良信賴性的液 φ 晶顯示元件之液晶配向劑,以及製造該液晶配向劑用之聚 合物與單體。 【先前技術】 液晶電視、液晶顯示器等所使用的液晶顯示元件一般 爲,元件內設有控制液晶配列狀態用之液晶配向膜。液晶 配向膜係藉由膜表面實施各種配向處理,而賦予液晶配向 性。目前工業上最普及之製作液晶配向膜的方法爲,使用 • 棉、尼龍、聚酯等布料單方向擦拭形成於電極基板上之樹 脂膜表面,即摩擦處理、廣泛使用的樹脂膜爲,自聚醯胺 酸等聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺溶液塗佈燒成而得之聚醯 亞胺膜。 摩擦處理聚醯亞胺膜之方法爲,簡便且生產性優良之 工業上適用的方法。但形成於電極基板上之聚醯亞胺膜的 密合性及機械強度不足時,實施摩擦處理會發生膜剝離及 來自摩擦的傷痕。 抑制該類來自摩擦而發生的膜剝離及傷痕之方法曾提 -5- 201033249 案,使用聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺添加含有環氧基化合物之液 晶配向劑的方法(參考專利文獻η ,使用聚醯胺酸或聚 醯亞胺之溶液中添加含有氮原子之環氧化合物的液晶配向 劑之方法(參考專利文獻2及3),使用聚醯胺酸或聚醯 亞胺之溶液中添加含有環氧基及環氧基以外之反應性基的 化合物之液晶配向劑的方法(參考專利文獻4)。 藉由添加該類聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺含有環氧基 等反應性基之交聯劑,可提升聚醯亞胺膜之機械強度。其 _ 原因爲,存在於聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺之羧酸等的極 性基會與環氧基反應。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] 專利文獻1 :特開平9-146 1 00號公報 專利文獻2 :特開平1 0 - 3 3 3 1 5 3號公報 專利文獻3 :特開平10-46151號公報 專利文獻4:特開平2007-11221號公報 _ 【發明內容】 [發明所欲解決之課題] 一般作爲交聯劑用之化合物爲低分子化合物。因此焙 燒時會昇華,故未過量添加時將無法得到充分效果。但過 量添加時未反應之交聯劑會殘留於膜中,因此作爲液晶顯 示元件用時會使電壓保持率及離子密度惡化,可能無法得 到良好的顯示性。 -6- 201033249 有鑑於該類事情,本發明之目的爲,提供既使未添加 交聯劑仍可得實施摩擦處理時不易附摩擦傷痕之機械強度 優良的液晶配向膜,且既使液晶顯示元件於高溫下仍保有 高電壓保持率、低離子密度而具有高信賴性之液晶配向膜 的液晶配向劑,以及製造該液晶配向劑用之聚合物與單體 φ [解決課題之方法] 本發明者們爲了達成上述目的經專心檢討後發現,含 有使用具有藉由加熱可脫離之t-丁氧基羰基(以後也稱爲 Boc基)的二胺化合物及/或四羧酸衍生物而得之聚醯亞胺 先驅物或聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑,可達成上述目的。更詳 細爲,藉由加熱脫離Boc基而生成反應性高之脂肪族胺後 ,以該脂肪族胺爲交聯點可得,實施摩擦時不會發生膜剝 離及傷痕之機械特性優良的液晶配向膜,又使用該液晶配 φ 向膜之液晶顯示元件既使於高溫下仍保有高電壓保持率及 低離子密度,而完成本發明。 ' 即,本發明之要旨如下所述。 1. 一種液晶配向劑,其特徵爲,含有具有下述式(1 )所表示之構造的取代基之聚醯亞胺先驅物或該聚醯亞胺 先驅物之醯亞胺化聚合物, [化1]201033249 6. Technical Field of the Invention: The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent for producing a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a polymer and a single polymer for manufacturing the liquid crystal alignment agent body. More specifically, it is a liquid crystal alignment film which is excellent in mechanical strength which is excellent in mechanical strength and which is less likely to cause frictional scratches, and which has a high voltage holding ratio and a low ion density at a high temperature and has excellent reliability. A liquid crystal alignment agent, and a polymer and a monomer for producing the liquid crystal alignment agent. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display element used in a liquid crystal television, a liquid crystal display or the like is generally provided with a liquid crystal alignment film for controlling a liquid crystal alignment state. The liquid crystal alignment film imparts alignment to the liquid crystal by performing various alignment treatments on the surface of the film. At present, the most popular method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film in the industry is to wipe the surface of a resin film formed on an electrode substrate by using a cloth such as cotton, nylon or polyester, that is, a rubbing treatment, a widely used resin film, and self-polymerization. A polyimine film obtained by coating and firing a polyimine precursor such as proline or a polyimine solution. The method of rubbing the polyimide film is an industrially applicable method which is simple and highly productive. However, when the adhesion and mechanical strength of the polyimide film formed on the electrode substrate are insufficient, the film peeling and the scratch due to friction are caused by the rubbing treatment. A method for suppressing such film peeling and scratching from friction, and a method of adding a liquid crystal alignment agent containing an epoxy compound using polyamic acid or polyimine (refer to Patent Document η, A method of adding a liquid crystal alignment agent containing an epoxy compound of a nitrogen atom to a solution of polyacrylic acid or polyimine (see Patent Documents 2 and 3), and adding a solution of polyglycine or polyimine A method of a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a compound having a reactive group other than an epoxy group and an epoxy group (refer to Patent Document 4). Reactivity by adding such a polyimine precursor or a polyimine containing an epoxy group The crosslinking agent can enhance the mechanical strength of the polyimide film. The reason is that a polar group such as a carboxylic acid such as a polyimide or a polyimide may react with an epoxy group. [Patent Document 1] Patent Document 1: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei 9-146 No. Document 4: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-11221_ Contents [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] Generally, a compound used as a crosslinking agent is a low molecular compound. Therefore, it is sublimed during baking, so that sufficient effect cannot be obtained when it is not excessively added. However, an unreacted crosslinking agent is excessively added. Since it is left in the film, the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are deteriorated as a liquid crystal display element, and good display properties may not be obtained. -6- 201033249 In view of such matters, it is an object of the present invention to provide When the crosslinking agent is not added, a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent mechanical strength which is less likely to be attached to the rubbing flaw during the rubbing treatment can be obtained, and the liquid crystal display element maintains a high voltage holding ratio and a low ion density at a high temperature and has high reliability. A liquid crystal alignment agent for a liquid crystal alignment film, and a polymer and a monomer for producing the liquid crystal alignment agent. [Method for Solving the Problem] The inventors of the present invention have found that the use has the advantage of being detachable by heating. Polydiimide compound and/or tetracarboxylic acid derivative of t-butoxycarbonyl (hereinafter also referred to as Boc group) The above object can be attained by a liquid crystal alignment agent of a primer or a polyimine. More specifically, a highly reactive aliphatic amine is formed by heating off the Boc group, and the aliphatic amine is used as a crosslinking point. When the friction is applied, the liquid crystal alignment film having excellent mechanical properties such as film peeling and scratches does not occur, and the liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal matching φ film still maintains a high voltage holding ratio and a low ion density at a high temperature. In the meantime, the gist of the present invention is as follows: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent characterized by containing a polyimine precursor having a substituent represented by the following formula (1) or the polyfluorene Iridium imidized polymer of imine precursor, [Chemical 1]

ch3 ——CH3⑴ ch3 r2 -7- 201033249 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價有機基,及R3各自獨立 爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 2 ·如上述1所記載之液晶配向劑,其中聚醯亞胺先 驅物或該聚醯亞胺先驅物之醯亞胺化聚合物係使用,具有 式(1 )所表示之取代基的二胺化合物及具有式(1 )所表 示之取代基的四羧酸衍生物所成群中所選出之至少1種而 得。 3 ·如上述2所記載之液晶配向劑,其中聚醯亞胺先 驅物或該聚醯亞胺先驅物之醯亞胺化聚合物係自,相對於 全部二胺化合物及四羧酸衍生物使用2至1〇〇莫耳%的具 有式(1 )所表示之取代基的二胺化合物及/或具有式(1 )所表示之取代基的四羧酸衍生物而得。 4.如上述1至3中任何1項所記載之液晶配向劑, 其中聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(2)之構造單位的 構造, 0 0Ch3 - CH3(1) ch3 r2 -7- 201033249 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and R3 is independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). (2) The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above 1, wherein the polyimine precursor or the ruthenium imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor is a diamine having a substituent represented by the formula (1) At least one selected from the group consisting of a compound and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having a substituent represented by the formula (1). The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above 2, wherein the polyamidene precursor or the ruthenium imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor is used from the entire diamine compound and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative. 2 to 1 mol% of a diamine compound having a substituent represented by the formula (1) and/or a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having a substituent represented by the formula (1). 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit of the following formula (2), 0 0

(式中,X!爲(4 + a)價之有機基,Y,爲(2+b)價之有 201033249 機基,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,z爲上述式(1 )所表示之構造,a及b各自爲〇至4之整數,a + b>0)。 5 ·如1至3中任何〗項所記載之液晶配向劑’其中 聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(3)之構造單位的構造(wherein X! is an organic group of (4 + a) valence, Y is a (2+b) valence having a 201033249 machine group, R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and z is the above formula (1) The structure represented, a and b are each an integer from 〇 to 4, a + b > 0). 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit of the following formula (3)

[化3][Chemical 3]

(式中’ X爲4價之有機基,γ2爲(2 + c)價之有機基, fU爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,ζ爲上述式所表 不之構造,c爲1至4之整數 6.如1至3中任何丨項所記載之液晶配向劑其中 聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(4)所表示之構造單位 的構造, [化4] (2) c coor4 --CO—X一CO— ! coor4(wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, γ2 is an organic group of (2 + c) valence, fU is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and ζ is a structure represented by the above formula, and c is The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the items 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (4), [Chemical 4] ( 2) c coor4 --CO—X—CO— ! coor4

Rs一NH-- (4) (式中,χ爲4價之有機基,1爲氫原子或碳數丨至斗之 -9- 201033249 烷基,R5爲單鍵或碳數1至20之2價有機基’ Z爲上述 式(1)所表示之構造,c爲1至4之整數)。 7.如1至3中任何1項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(5)所表示之構造單位 的構造, [化5] (Z) COOR4 -CO-X—CO-NH—/ Λ • ^—y^NH- COOR4 (5)Rs-NH-- (4) (wherein, χ is a tetravalent organic group, 1 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number 丨 to a bucket of -9-201033249 alkyl, R5 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 20 The valence organic group 'Z is a structure represented by the above formula (1), and c is an integer of 1 to 4). 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (5), [Chem. 5] (Z) COOR4 - CO-X—CO-NH—/ Λ • ^—y^NH- COOR4 (5)

(式中,X爲4價之有機基,114爲氫原子或碳數1至4之 烷基,Z爲上述式(1)所表示之構造,C爲1至4之整數 )° 8. 一種液晶配向膜,其爲’以150至3 00°C焙燒如上 述1至7中任何1項所記載之液晶配向劑而得。 9. 一種聚醯亞胺先驅物,其爲,含有下述式(6)所 表示之構造單位, [化6](wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, 114 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Z is a structure represented by the above formula (1), and C is an integer of 1 to 4). A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by baking the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 7 at 150 to 300 ° C. A polyimine precursor comprising a structural unit represented by the following formula (6), [Chem. 6]

(6)(6)

(式中,X爲4價之有機基,Y2爲(2 + c)價之有機基’ Z -10- 201033249 爲下述式(1)所表示之構造,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4 之烷基,C爲1至4之整數) [化7] ttL0 r2 ch3 —CH3 ⑴ ch3 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,及R3各自獨 Ο 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 10. —種聚醯亞胺,其爲,含有下述式(7)所表示 之構造單位, [化8](wherein, X is a tetravalent organic group, Y2 is a (2 + c) valence organic group 'Z -10- 201033249 is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and R4 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 alkyl, C is an integer from 1 to 4) [Chemical 7] ttL0 r2 ch3 -CH3 (1) ch3 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and R3 is each independently a hydrogen atom or carbon The number 1 to 20 of the monovalent organic group). 10. A polyimine which comprises a structural unit represented by the following formula (7), [Chem. 8]

(式中,X爲4價之有機基,Y2舄(2 + c)價之有機基,Z 爲下述式(1)所表示之構造,&lt;;爲丨至4之整數) [化9] —A~C一N 1 r2 I1 I3 〇 CH3 H—ο--CH3 ⑴ ch3 (式中’A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,〜、^及r3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 -11 - 201033249 11. 一種聚醯亞胺先驅物,其爲,含有下述式(8) 所表示之構造單位, [化 10] (Z)c coor4 •CO-X— CO-NH COOR4 (8) Ο 》_^r5-nh- (式中,X爲4價之有機基,Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 @ 造,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,R5爲碳數1至20 之2價有機基,c爲1至4之整數) [化 11] -A- -ο- Ι r2 tl -ο ch3 ——CH3⑴ ch3 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,;^、112及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 12. 一種聚醯亞胺,其爲,含有下述式(9)所表示 之構造單位, [化 12] 人人(wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Y2舄(2 + c) is an organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and <; is an integer of 丨4) ] —A~C—N 1 r2 I1 I3 〇CH3 H—ο--CH3 (1) ch3 (wherein 'A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and each of ~, ^ and r3 is independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 To 20% of the organic base). -11 - 201033249 11. A polyimine precursor comprising a structural unit represented by the following formula (8), [10] (Z)c coor4 • CO-X-CO-NH COOR4 (8 Ο _^r5-nh- (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R5 is a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and c is an integer of 1 to 4) [A11] -A- -ο- Ι r2 tl -ο ch3 ——CH3(1) ch3 (wherein A is a single bond or The divalent organic group; ^, 112 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). A polyimine which contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (9), [Chemical 12]

'〇 〇 -一N'〇 〇 - one N

(Z )c(Z)c

(9) 201033249 (式中,X爲4價之有機基, 造,R5爲碳數1至20之2 ί Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 有機基,C爲1至4之整數 [化 13] I1 I3 —A—C—Ν- I R2(9) 201033249 (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, and R5 is a carbon number of 1 to 20 ί Z is an organic group represented by the following formula (1), and C is an integer of 1 to 4 I1 I3 —A—C—Ν- I R2

ΟII ch3 -ο- ch3 (1 ch3ΟII ch3 -ο- ch3 (1 ch3

(式中,A爲單鍵或2價之 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之 1 3 . —種聚醯亞胺先驅i 所表示之構造單位, ί機基,R!、R2及R3各自獨 1價有機基)。 [,其爲,含有下述式(10) [化 14](wherein, A is a single bond or a divalent valence is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20; a structural unit represented by a polyimine precursor i, ί, R, R2, and R3 Each has a unique price of organic base). [, it is, contains the following formula (10) [Chem. 14]

(z )c coor4(z)c coor4

II

——CO—X—CO—NH——CO—X—CO—NH

I co〇R4 (式中,X爲4價之有機基, 造,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至 (10) Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 .之烷基,C爲1至4之整數 [化 15] 11 I3I co〇R4 (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, and R4 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 10). Z is an alkyl group represented by the following formula (1), and C is 1 An integer of 4 to [11] 11 I3

ch3 ch3 ch3 -13- 201033249 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1、112及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 14. 一種聚醯亞胺,其爲,含有下述式(11)所表示 之構造單位,Ch3 ch3 ch3 -13- 201033249 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and 1, 112 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). A polyimine which contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (11),

(式中,X爲4價之有機基,Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 造,c爲1至4之整數) [化口] R-) R3 Ο I I II -A—C—Ν--0—Ο r2 ch3 ——CH3⑴ ch3(wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and c is an integer of 1 to 4). [Formation] R-) R3 Ο II II -A-C-Ν --0—Ο r2 ch3 ——CH3(1) ch3

(式中,a爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1、尺2及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 15.—種二胺化合物,其爲,如下述式(A )至(F ) 所表示, 201033249 [化 18](wherein a is a single bond or a divalent organic group; and 1, 2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). A diamine compound which is represented by the following formulas (A) to (F), 201033249 [Chem. 18]

H2Nh^-NH2 (D) HzN-^-NHzH2Nh^-NH2 (D) HzN-^-NHz

H2N (A) 1¾ 矛 /=&lt; (ch2)3-Sjh h2n-^&gt;nh2 (B) h2n-〇-nh2 (C) H3^ μ p P^3 H3^CH3 (CH2)3HvJH (/〇 HsC±CH3 hn&quot;0 〇《H Η^° pHa 〇=C^&gt;c3H3 CH3 (E) [發明之效果] 使用本發明之液晶配向劑時,既使未添加交聯劑,仍 可得實施摩擦時不易發生膜剝離及傷痕之機械強度優良的 液晶配向膜。使用該液晶配向膜時,既使藉由照射偏光之 放射線而賦予液晶配向能時,高溫下也可保有電壓保持率 '低離子密度,故可得顯示特性優良之液晶顯示元件。 本發明之液晶配向劑係以Boc基保護反應性高之1級 或2級脂肪族胺,故漆狀態下具有高保存安定性。又本發 明之液晶配向劑中所含的聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺因具 有高容積取代基之Boc基,故對各種有機溶劑具有高溶解 性,另外藉由加熱會生成反應性高之1級或2級脂肪族胺 •15· 201033249 以進行分子間交聯反應,因此可形成機械強度優良之聚醯 亞胺膜。 又,本發明被Boc基保護之二胺化合物易藉由與四羧 酸衍生物反應,製造具有被Boc基保護之1級或2級胺基 的聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺。 [實施發明之形態] 本發明之液晶配向劑的特徵爲,含有具有被Boc基保 護之1級或2級脂肪族胺基的聚醯亞胺先驅物或其醯亞胺 化聚合物。其中被Boc基保護之1級或2級脂肪族胺基係 指,具有-NR3Boc (R3同上述式(1)定義)之脂肪族胺 基。 以150°C以上溫度加熱具有被Boc基保護之1級或2 級脂肪族胺基的聚醯亞胺先驅物或其醯亞胺化聚合物,可 脫離Boc基而生成不被Boc基保護之反應性的1級或2級 脂肪族胺基。所生成的1級或2級脂肪族胺基會與存在於 聚醯亞胺先驅物或其醯亞胺化聚合物之官能基反應,而形 成分子間交聯。交聯反應如,與羧酸或酯之反應(下述式 (i))、與藉由聚醯胺酸之逆反應所生成的酸二酐之反 應(下述式(Π)),及與醯亞胺之反應(下述式(iii) -16- 201033249 [化 19]H2N (A) 13⁄4 Spear/=&lt; (ch2)3-Sjh h2n-^&gt;nh2 (B) h2n-〇-nh2 (C) H3^ μ p P^3 H3^CH3 (CH2)3HvJH (/〇 HsC±CH3 hn&quot;0 〇"H Η^°pHa 〇=C^&gt;c3H3 CH3 (E) [Effects of the Invention] When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used, it can be carried out even if no crosslinking agent is added. A liquid crystal alignment film which is excellent in mechanical strength of film peeling and scratches during rubbing. When the liquid crystal alignment film is used, when the liquid crystal alignment energy is imparted by irradiation of polarized light, the voltage retention rate can be maintained at a high temperature. The liquid crystal display element having excellent density can be obtained. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention protects a highly reactive primary or secondary aliphatic amine with a Boc group, so that it has high storage stability in a lacquer state. The polyimine precursors and polyimine contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent have high solubility in various organic solvents due to a Boc group having a high volume substituent, and are highly reactive by heating. Grade or 2 aliphatic amines • 15· 201033249 for intermolecular cross-linking reaction, thus forming excellent mechanical strength Polyimine film. Further, the diamine compound protected by the Boc group of the present invention can easily produce a polyimide precursor having a primary or secondary amine group protected by a Boc group by reacting with a tetracarboxylic acid derivative. Or a polyimine. [Form of the invention] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the invention is characterized by comprising a polyimine precursor having a 1 or 2 aliphatic amino group protected by a Boc group or a quinone imine thereof A polymer having a Boc group-protected grade 1 or 2 aliphatic amine group, having an aliphatic amine group of -NR3Boc (R3 is as defined in the above formula (1)), having a temperature of 150 ° C or higher a Boc-based protected grade 1 or 2 aliphatic amine-based polyimide precursor or a quinone imidized polymer thereof, which can be desorbed from the Boc group to form a reactive grade 1 or 2 fat that is not protected by the Boc group. An amine group. The resulting 1 or 2 aliphatic amine group reacts with a functional group present in the polyimide precursor or its oxime imidized polymer to form intermolecular crosslinks. Reaction with a carboxylic acid or an ester (the following formula (i)) and an acid dianhydride formed by a reverse reaction of polyglycine (The following formula (Π)), and the reaction with ruthenium (the following formula (iii) -16- 201033249 [Chem. 19]

(ϋ) 推斷上述交聯反應可藉由自本發明之液晶配 液晶配向膜的過程,提升本發明所得之液晶配向 強度,而得實施摩擦時不會發生膜剝離及傷痕之 ❹ 膜。 將液晶配向能賦予液晶配向膜之方法除了摩 已知可另使用,將偏光之放射線照射於聚醯亞胺 液晶配向能的方法。曾提案之光配向法如,利用 反應之方法、利用光交聯反應之方法、利用光分 方法等。 本發明之液晶配向劑及液晶配向膜也適用於 ,特別是利用光分解反應之光配向法。又利用光 之光配向法中,可藉由光照射而生成低分子量成 向劑形成 膜的機械 聚醯亞胺 擦法外, 膜而賦予 光異構化 解反應之 光配向法 分解反應 份。例如 -17- 201033249 利用主鏈具有環丁烷環之聚醯亞胺的光分解反應之光配向 法中,藉由實施配向處理可生成具有馬來酸酐縮亞胺部位 之低分子量成份(下述式(xiii ))。將含有該類低分子 量成份之液晶配向膜使用於液晶顯示元件時,液晶中會溶 出低分子量成份,而降低液晶顯示元件之電壓保持率及增 加離子密度,因此可能使液晶顯示元件之顯示特性變差。(ϋ) It is presumed that the above-mentioned crosslinking reaction can enhance the liquid crystal alignment strength obtained by the present invention by the liquid crystal alignment liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, and it is possible to carry out the film which does not cause film peeling and scratching when rubbing is performed. A method of imparting a liquid crystal alignment film to a liquid crystal alignment film, in addition to being known to be used separately, is a method of irradiating a polarized radiation to a polyimine liquid crystal alignment energy. The light alignment method that has been proposed is, for example, a method using a reaction, a method using a photocrosslinking reaction, and a method using a light separation method. The liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention are also suitable for use, in particular, a photoalignment method using a photodecomposition reaction. Further, in the photo-alignment method of light, a photopolymerization decomposition reaction portion which imparts a photoisomerization reaction to a film by a mechanical polyimine imprinting method which forms a film of a low molecular weight directional agent by light irradiation. For example, -17-201033249, in the photo-alignment method using a photodecomposition reaction of a polyalkyleneimine having a cyclobutane ring in the main chain, by performing an alignment treatment, a low molecular weight component having a maleic anhydride imide moiety can be produced (hereinafter Formula (xiii)). When a liquid crystal alignment film containing such a low molecular weight component is used for a liquid crystal display element, a low molecular weight component is eluted in the liquid crystal, and a voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element is lowered and an ion density is increased, so that display characteristics of the liquid crystal display element may be changed. difference.

本發明之液晶配向劑及液晶配向膜可藉由自上述式( i)至(iU)之反應形成的分子間3次元交聯,抑制聚醯 亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺低分子量化,及抑制液晶中溶出低 分子量成份。 另外藉由環丁烷環之光分解反應而生成的馬來酸酐縮 亞胺’可與藉由加熱而生成的1級或2級脂肪族胺基反應 (下述式(xiv ))。該類交聯反應也可抑制低分子量成 份溶出於液晶中。推斷藉由此等交聯反應可得,既使將利 用光配向法賦予液晶配向能之液晶配向膜使用於液晶顯示 元件時,高溫下仍可保有高電壓保持率、低離子密度之顯 示特性優良的液晶顯示元件。 18 - 201033249 [化 22]The liquid crystal alignment agent and the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can inhibit the low molecular weight of the polyimide precursor and the polyimine by the intermolecular three-dimensional crosslinking formed by the reaction of the above formulas (i) to (iU). And inhibiting the dissolution of low molecular weight components in the liquid crystal. Further, the maleic anhydride amide i produced by the photodecomposition reaction of the cyclobutane ring can be reacted with a primary or secondary aliphatic amine group formed by heating (the following formula (xiv)). This type of crosslinking reaction also inhibits the dissolution of low molecular weight components into the liquid crystal. It is estimated that a liquid crystal alignment film which imparts a liquid crystal alignment energy by a photo-alignment method can be used for a liquid crystal display element, and can maintain a high voltage holding ratio and a low ion density display characteristic at a high temperature. Liquid crystal display element. 18 - 201033249 [Chem. 22]

R1 〇R1 〇

A--Ν F?2 R: (xiv) 又,既使將具有2個以上之1級或2級脂肪族胺的化 合物加入聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺之溶液中,進行前述A--Ν F?2 R: (xiv) Further, even if a compound having two or more primary or secondary aliphatic amines is added to a solution of a polyimine precursor or a polyimine,

醯亞胺溶液添加1級或2級脂肪族胺時,會與羧酸形成鹽 ,或進行醯亞胺化反應,或進行醯亞胺環之開環反應等, 而造成聚合物凝膠化、析出及分子量下降,因此難長時間 安定保存聚合物溶液。相對地本發明之液晶配向劑以Boc 基保護1級或2級脂肪族胺基,因此以溶液狀態保存液晶 配向劑時不會與聚合物中之官能基反應,可得保存安定性 優良之液晶配向劑。 又,使用低分子之交聯劑時,該低分子之交聯劑會於 液晶配向膜形成過程中焙燒時昇華,因此需使用過量方能 得到充分之效果。但添加過量時,未反應之交聯劑會殘留 於膜中,而使作爲液晶顯示元件用時的電壓保持率及離子 密度變差,因此可能無法得到良好顯示。另外昇華之交聯 劑可能污染焙燒爐內部。相對地本發明之液晶配向劑爲, 聚合物中具有交聯點用之脂肪族胺,因此不會發生低分子 化合物未反應而直接殘存於膜中,及昇華物污染焙燒爐。 由上述得知,使用本發明之液晶配向劑可得,實施摩 -19 - 201033249 擦時不會發生膜剝離及傷痕之機械強度優良的液晶配向膜 ,且使用該液晶配向膜時無論任何配向處理法均可得,既 使筒溫下仍保有筒電壓保持率、低離子密度之液晶顯示元 件。另外以Boc基保護交聯點用之1級或2級脂肪族胺基 ,可得保存安定性優良之液晶配向劑,而完成本發明。 下面將更詳細說明本發明。 a-[聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺] 本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物係指,藉由加熱或觸媒之作 用可形成聚醯亞胺的聚合物,例如聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯 、聚醯胺酸矽烷酯、聚異醯亞胺。就易製造時及醯亞胺化 之反應效率,聚醯亞胺先驅物特佳爲聚醯胺酸或聚醯胺酸 酯。又本發明之聚醯亞胺係指,將聚醯亞胺先驅物醯亞胺 化而得的聚合物。 本發明之液晶配向劑爲,含有具有下述式(1 )所表 示之取代基的聚醯亞胺先驅物或其醯亞胺化聚合物。 [化 23] 0 ch3 1 I —o--ch3 ch3 (1)When a primary or secondary aliphatic amine is added to the quinone imine solution, a salt is formed with the carboxylic acid, or a quinone imidization reaction is carried out, or a ring opening reaction of the quinone ring is performed, thereby causing gelation of the polymer. Precipitation and molecular weight decrease, so it is difficult to settle the polymer solution for a long time. In contrast, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention protects the first- or second-order aliphatic amine group with a Boc group. Therefore, when the liquid crystal alignment agent is stored in a solution state, it does not react with a functional group in the polymer, and a liquid crystal excellent in stability can be obtained. An aligning agent. Further, when a low molecular weight crosslinking agent is used, the low molecular crosslinking agent is sublimed upon firing in the liquid crystal alignment film forming process, so that an excessive amount is required to obtain a sufficient effect. However, when the amount is excessively added, the unreacted crosslinking agent remains in the film, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density when used as a liquid crystal display element are deteriorated, so that good display may not be obtained. In addition, the sublimation cross-linking agent may contaminate the interior of the roaster. In contrast, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has an aliphatic amine having a crosslinking point in the polymer, so that the low molecular compound does not react and remains directly in the film, and the sublimate contaminates the baking furnace. From the above, it is known that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be used, and the liquid crystal alignment film excellent in mechanical strength of film peeling and scratches does not occur when rubbed, and any alignment treatment is used when the liquid crystal alignment film is used. The method can obtain a liquid crystal display element which maintains a tube voltage holding ratio and a low ion density even at the barrel temperature. Further, a liquid crystal alignment agent excellent in stability can be obtained by protecting a 1 or 2 aliphatic amine group for a crosslinking point with a Boc group, and the present invention has been completed. The invention will be described in more detail below. A-[polyimine precursor and polyimine] The polyimine precursor of the present invention refers to a polymer capable of forming a polyimine by heating or a catalyst, such as polylysine , polyphthalate, polydecyl phthalate, polyisophthalimide. The polyamidene precursor is particularly preferably a polyamic acid or a polyamidamide in terms of ease of production and reaction efficiency of hydrazine imidization. Further, the polyimine of the present invention refers to a polymer obtained by imidating a polyimide precursor. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a polyimide precursor containing a substituent represented by the following formula (1) or a quinone imidized polymer thereof. [化 23] 0 ch3 1 I —o--ch3 ch3 (1)

Ri R3Ri R3

I I ——A—C—N-I I - A-C-N-

I r2 式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1^、尺2及R3各自 獨立爲氫原子或碳數1至20,較佳爲1至10,更佳爲1 至6之1價有機基。1價有機基如,1價之烴基、羥基、 -20- 201033249 硫醇基、磷酸酯基、酯基、羧基、磷酸基、硫酯基 基、硝基、有機氧基、有機矽烷基、有機硫基、醯 1價有機基就脂肪族胺之反應性的觀點,較佳爲1 基。1價烴基之具體例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁 丁基、己基、辛基、癸基等烷基;環戊基、環己基 基;二環己基等二環烷基;乙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-、異丙烯基、1-甲基-2-丙烯基、1或2或3-丁烯基 φ 基等鏈烯基;苯基、二甲苯基、甲苯基、聯苯基、 芳基;苄基、苯基乙基、苯基環己基等芳烷基等。 此等1價烴基中部分或全部氫原子可被鹵原子 、硫醇基、磷酸酯基、酯基、羧基、磷酸基、硫酯 胺基、硝基、有機氧基、有機矽烷基、有機硫基、 烷基、環烷基、二環烷基、鏈烯基、芳基、芳烷基 基、咪唑基、吡唑基、烷氧基羰基胺基等取代。又 爲環狀構造。其中較佳爲吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基 Φ 爲吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基之氮原子上的氫原子被 取代。 及R2爲高體積構造時會降低交聯反應之反 ,因此尺!及R2較佳爲甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基等 或氫原子,更佳爲氫原子。 R3爲高體積構造時會降低交聯反應之反應效率 R3較佳爲甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基等烷基,或氫原 佳爲氫原子。 A爲2價之有機基時,其構造如下述式(12) 、醯胺 基等。 價之烴 某、t -等環烷 丙烯基 、己烯 萘基等 、羥基 基、醯 醯基、 、吡咯 此等可 ,更佳 B 〇 c基 應效率 烷基, ,因此 子,更 所表示 -21 - 201033249 [化 24] —R5—B—Rg — (12) 式(12)中,B爲2價之連結基,、及R16各自獨立 爲單鍵或碳數1至20,較佳爲1至10之2價烴基。B之 具體例如下述B - 1至B -1 4,但非限於此。Wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and 1^, 2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6 The price is organic. A monovalent organic group such as a monovalent hydrocarbon group, a hydroxyl group, -20-201033249 thiol group, a phosphate group, an ester group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a thioester group, a nitro group, an organic oxy group, an organic decyl group, an organic group The viewpoint of the reactivity of the thio group or the quinone monovalent organic group with respect to the aliphatic amine is preferably a group. Specific examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group are, for example, an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or a decyl group; a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group; a bicycloalkyl group such as a dicyclohexyl group; a vinyl group; Alkenyl group such as 1-propenyl, 2-, isopropenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 1 or 2 or 3-butenyl φ; phenyl, xylyl, tolyl, biphenyl An aryl group such as a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group or a phenylcyclohexyl group. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms in the monovalent hydrocarbon group may be halogen atom, thiol group, phosphate group, ester group, carboxyl group, phosphate group, thioester group, nitro group, organooxy group, organodecyl group, organic sulfur Substituents such as alkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, alkoxycarbonylamino and the like. It is also a ring structure. Among them, a hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom which is preferably a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group or a pyrazolyl group Φ is a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group or a pyrazolyl group is substituted. And when R2 is a high-volume structure, it will reduce the inverse of the cross-linking reaction, so the rule! And R2 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or the like or a hydrogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom. When R3 is a high-volume structure, the reaction efficiency of the crosslinking reaction is lowered. R3 is preferably an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group, or a hydrogen atom is preferably a hydrogen atom. When A is a divalent organic group, the structure is as shown in the following formula (12), amidino group or the like. a hydrocarbon of a valence, a t-al-cycloalkylene group, a hexenylnaphthyl group, a hydroxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a pyrrole group, etc., more preferably a B 〇c group should be an efficient alkyl group, and thus a sub- -21 - 201033249 - R5 - B - Rg - (12) In the formula (12), B is a divalent linking group, and R16 is independently a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10. Specific examples of B are, for example, the following B-1 to B-14, but are not limited thereto.

[化 25][Chem. 25]

B-1 —CH2— B-2 R7 —CH— B-3 R7 ? Rs B -4 R/ B-5 严 B-6 r8 1^8 B-7 〇 B-8 —S—— B-9 —N— Rg B-10 〇 人— B-11 〇 —0人 B-12 〇 人 I R10 B-13 〇 A I B-14 〇 V人? R10 Rio R11 -22- 201033249 式(1 2 )中R6及R! 6之具體例如下所述,但非限於此 。伸甲基、1,1-伸乙基、1,2-伸乙基、1,2-伸丙基、1,3-伸 丙基、1,4-伸丁基、1,2-伸丁基、1,2-伸戊基、1,2-伸己基 、1,2-伸壬基、1,2-伸癸基、2,3-伸丁基、2,4-伸戊基等伸 烷基;1,2-環伸丙基、1,2-環伸丁基、1,3-環伸丁基、1,2-環伸戊基、1,2-環伸丁基、1,2-環伸壬基、1,2-環伸癸基等 環伸烷基;1,1-伸乙烯基、1,2-伸乙烯基、1,2-伸乙烯基伸 _ 甲基、1-甲基-1,2-伸乙烯基、1,2-伸乙烯基-1,1-伸乙基、 1,2-伸乙烯基-1,2-伸乙基、1,2-伸乙烯基-1,2_伸丙基、 1,2-伸乙烯基-1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸乙烯基-1,4-伸丁基、 1.2- 伸乙烯基-1,2-伸丁基、1,2-伸乙烯基-1,2-伸庚基、 1,2-伸乙烯基-1,2-伸癸基等伸鏈烯基;伸乙炔基、伸乙炔 基伸甲基、伸乙炔基-1,1-伸乙基、伸乙炔基-1,2-伸乙基、 伸乙炔基-1,2-伸丙基、伸乙炔基-1,3-伸丙基、伸乙炔基-1,4-伸丁基、伸乙炔基-1,2-伸丁基、伸乙炔基-1,2-伸庚基 φ 、伸乙炔基-1,2 -伸癸基等伸炔基;1,2 -伸苯基、1 , 3 -伸苯 基、1,4-伸苯基、1,2-伸萘基、1,4-伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、 2.3- 伸萘基、2,6-伸萘基、3-苯基-1,2-伸苯基、2,2’-二伸 苯基、2,2-二萘并-1,1’-基等伸芳基;1,2·伸苯基伸甲基、 1,3-伸苯基伸甲基、1,4-伸苯基伸甲基、1,2-伸苯基-1,1-伸 乙基、1,2 -伸苯基-1,2 -伸乙基、1,2 -伸苯基-1,2 -伸丙基、 1,2-伸苯基-1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸苯基-1,4-伸丁基、1,2-伸 苯基-1,2-伸丁基、1,2-伸苯基-1,2-伸己基、伸甲基-1,2-伸 苯基伸甲基、伸甲基-1,3-伸苯基伸甲基、伸甲基-1,4-伸苯 -23- 201033249 基伸甲基等自伸芳基及伸烷基形成的二官能烴基。 上述2價烴基中部分或全部的氣原子可被鹵原子、經 基、硫醇基、憐酸酯基、醋基、竣基、憐酸基、硫醋基、 酿胺基、硝基、有機氧基、有機砂院基、有機硫基 '酿基 、烷基、環烷基、二環烷基、鏈烯基、芳基、芳院基等取 代。又此等可爲環狀構造。 R6及R16爲含有芳香環或脂環構造之構造時可能會降 低液晶配向性,因此R6及R16較佳爲單鍵或碳數1至10 之伸烷基、鏈烯基或炔基’更佳爲碳數1至10之伸烷基 。又以R6及R, 6雙方或任何一方爲單鍵爲佳。 前述B-1至B-14所表不之構造中’ Κ·7、Κ·8、Rs&gt;、Rio 及Rn各自獨立爲氫原子或碳數1至2〇之1價烴基。其 中1價烴基如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、卜丁基、己基 、辛基、癸基等烷基;環戊基、環己基等環烷基;二環己 基等二環烷基;乙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、異丙烯基 、1-甲基-2-丙烯基、1或2或3-丁烯基、己烯基等鏈烯基 ;苯基、二甲苯基、甲苯基、聯苯基、萘基等芳基;苄基 、苯基乙基、苯基環己基等芳烷基等。 此等1價烴基中部分或全部之氫原子可被鹵原子、羥 基、硫醇基、磷酸酯基、酯基、羧基、磷酸基、硫酯基、 醯胺基、硝基、有機氧基、有機矽烷基、有機硫基、醯基 、烷基、環烷基、二環烷基、鏈烯基、芳基、芳烷基等取 代。又此等可爲環狀構造。 R7、R8、R9、R1Q及Rn爲芳香環或脂環構造等高體 -24- 201033249 積構造時可能會降低液晶配向性,及降低聚合物之溶解性 ,因此較佳爲甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基等烷基,或氫原子 ,更佳爲氫原子。 由上述得知,式(1)所表示含有被Boc基保護之1 級或2級脂肪族胺的取代基之具體例特佳如,下述式(1 3 )至(1 8 )之構造。 魯 [化 26] 1CH2)n—B-1 —CH2— B-2 R7 —CH— B-3 R7 ? Rs B -4 R/ B-5 Strict B-6 r8 1^8 B-7 〇B-8 —S — B-9 — N- Rg B-10 〇人 — B-11 〇—0 person B-12 〇人 I R10 B-13 〇AI B-14 〇V person? R10 Rio R11 -22- 201033249 The specifics of R6 and R! 6 in the formula (1 2 ) are as follows, but are not limited thereto. Methyl, 1,1-extended ethyl, 1,2-extended ethyl, 1,2-extended propyl, 1,3-extended propyl, 1,4-tert-butyl, 1,2-extended 1, 1, 2-pentyl, 1,2-extension, 1,2-extension, 1,2-extension, 2,3-butylene, 2,4-amyl Alkyl; 1,2-cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,3-cyclobutyl, 1,2-cyclopentyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1, a 2-ring-extension group, a 1,2-ring-extension group, etc.; a 1,1-vinyl group, a 1,2-vinyl group, a 1,2-vinyl group, a methyl group, a 1- Methyl-1,2-extended vinyl, 1,2-extended vinyl-1,1-extended ethyl, 1,2-extended vinyl-1,2-extended ethyl, 1,2-extended vinyl -1,2_propyl, 1,2-vinyl-1,3-propyl, 1,2-vinyl-1,4-butyl, 1.2-vinyl-1,2 - an extended alkenyl group such as a butyl group, a 1,2-vinyl group-1,2-exetylene group, a 1,2-vinyl group-1,2-anthracene group; an ethynyl group; Ethylene, ethynyl-1,1-extended ethyl, ethynyl-1,2-extended ethyl, ethynyl-1,2-extended propyl, ethynyl-1,3-propanyl, Ethylene-1,4-butylene, ethynyl-1,2- Butyl, ethynyl-1,2-exetylene φ, ethynyl-1,2-anthracenyl and the like alkynyl; 1,2-phenylene, 1,3 -phenyl, 1, 4-phenylene, 1,2-extended naphthyl, 1,4-naphthyl, 1,5-anthranyl, 2.3-anthranyl, 2,6-anthranyl, 3-phenyl-1 , 2-phenylene, 2,2'-di-phenylene, 2,2-dinaphthyl-1,1'-yl isocyanyl; 1,2·phenylphenylmethyl, 1,3- Stretching phenylmethyl, 1,4-phenylene methyl, 1,2-phenylene-1,1-extended ethyl, 1,2-phenylene-1,2-ethyl, 1, 2-phenylene-1,2-propanylpropyl, 1,2-phenylene-1,3-propanylpropyl, 1,2-phenylene-1,4-tert-butyl, 1,2- Phenyl-1,2-butylene, 1,2-phenylene-1,2-extended hexyl, methyl-1,2-phenyl extended methyl, methyl-1,3-extended Phenylmethyl, methyl-1,4-benzobenzene-23-201033249 A self-extension aryl group such as a methyl group and a difunctional hydrocarbon group formed by an alkyl group. Some or all of the above-mentioned divalent hydrocarbon groups may be halogen atoms, mercapto groups, thiol groups, pity ester groups, acetates, mercapto groups, pity groups, thioacetates, amide groups, nitro groups, organic groups. Oxygen, organic sand-based, organothio-branth, alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aryl, and the like. Again, these may be annular structures. When R6 and R16 are in a structure containing an aromatic ring or an alicyclic structure, the alignment of the liquid crystal may be lowered, so that R6 and R16 are preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10'. It is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferable to use R6 and R, 6 or both of them as a single bond. In the structures represented by the above B-1 to B-14, 'Κ·7, Κ·8, Rs&gt;, Rio and Rn are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Wherein the monovalent hydrocarbon group is an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or a decyl group; a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; a bicycloalkyl group such as a dicyclohexyl group; ; alkenyl group such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, isopropenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 1 or 2 or 3-butenyl, hexenyl; An aryl group such as a tolyl group, a tolyl group, a biphenyl group or a naphthyl group; an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group or a phenylcyclohexyl group; and the like. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms in the monovalent hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a phosphate group, an ester group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a thioester group, a decylamino group, a nitro group, an organooxy group, Substituted with an organic decyl group, an organic thio group, a decyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or the like. Again, these may be annular structures. R7, R8, R9, R1Q and Rn are aromatic rings or alicyclic structures, etc. --2433249. When the structure is formed, the alignment of the liquid crystal may be lowered and the solubility of the polymer may be lowered. Therefore, methyl or ethyl groups are preferred. An alkyl group such as a propyl group or a butyl group, or a hydrogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom. From the above, it is understood that the specific examples of the substituent of the first- or second-order aliphatic amine protected by the Boc group represented by the formula (1) are particularly preferably the structures of the following formulas (13) to (18).鲁 [化26] 1CH2)n—

H3C Chb NH 1~10 (13) -〇—(CH2)n—NH n= 1~10 (14) 1~10 ch3 (CH2)n-NH-n= 1〜10 9 〇 〇 p °Λ°ΗΗ33 ~LNH-(CH2)n-NH-( CH3 fl7^ -ΗΝ-^(ΟΗ2)η-ΝΗ-&lt; CH3 (i8) 本發明之液晶配向劑爲,含有聚合物之末端或聚合物 之支鏈具有上述式(1)所表示之取代基的聚酸亞胺先驅 物或其醯亞胺化聚合物。爲了易於控制上述式(丨)之取 代基的導入量,較佳爲聚合物之支鏈導入上述式(1)所 表示的取代基的具有下述式(2)所表示之構造單位的聚 醯亞胺先驅物,及其醯亞胺化聚合物。 -25- (2) 201033249 [化 27] 〇 〇 r4oH3C Chb NH 1~10 (13) -〇—(CH2)n—NH n= 1~10 (14) 1~10 ch3 (CH2)n-NH-n= 1~10 9 〇〇p °Λ°ΗΗ33 ~LNH-(CH2)n-NH-(CH3 fl7^-ΗΝ-^(ΟΗ2)η-ΝΗ-&lt;CH3 (i8) The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a polymer-containing terminal or a branch of a polymer A polyacid imide precursor having a substituent represented by the above formula (1) or a quinone imidized polymer thereof. In order to easily control the introduction amount of the substituent of the above formula (丨), a polymer branch is preferred. A polyimine precursor having a structural unit represented by the following formula (2), which is a substituent represented by the above formula (1), and a quinone imidized polymer thereof. -25- (2) 201033249 27] 〇〇r4o

or4 NH—Y「NH (Z)bOr4 NH—Y“NH (Z)b

(式中,Xt爲(4 + a)價之有機基,Y!爲(2 + b)價之有 機基,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,Z爲上述式(1 )所表示之構造。a及b各自爲0至4,較佳爲0至2之 整數,a + b&gt;0 )。 製造上述式(2)之聚醯亞胺先驅物及其醯亞胺化聚 合物的方法較佳爲使用,聚醯亞胺先驅物之原料用的四羧 酸衍生物及二胺化合物中,導入上述式(1)所表示之取 代基的原料。具體上較佳爲使用下述式(19)至(21)所 表示之四羧酸衍生物及下述式(22 )所表示之二胺化合物(wherein, Xt is an organic group of (4 + a) valence, Y! is an organic group of (2 + b) valence, R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Z is the above formula (1) The structures are represented. a and b are each 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, a + b &gt; 0 ). The method for producing the polyimine precursor of the above formula (2) and the quinone imidized polymer thereof is preferably used, and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative and the diamine compound used for the raw material of the polyimide precursor are introduced. A raw material of the substituent represented by the above formula (1). Specifically, it is preferred to use a tetracarboxylic acid derivative represented by the following formulas (19) to (21) and a diamine compound represented by the following formula (22).

-26- 201033249 上述式(19)至(21)中,R4爲碳數1至4之烷基。 烷基之具體例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、2-丙基、丁基、t-丁基。聚醯胺酸酯會依烷基之碳數的增加,而提高進行醯 亞胺化之溫度,因此R4就易藉由熱而醯亞胺化之觀點較 佳爲甲基或乙基,特佳爲甲基。Z爲具有上述式(1)所 表示之構造的取代基,a爲0至4之整數。父1爲(4 +a) 價之有機基。 [化 29] Η2Ν- y-NH2 (22) 上述式(22)中,Z爲具有上述式(1)所表示之構 造的取代基’ b爲0至4之整數。71爲(2 + b)價之有機 基。 本發明可藉由使用上述式(19)至(21)所表示的四 ® 羧酸衍生物及下述式(22)所表示的二胺化合物,以及下 述式(23)至(25)所表示的四羧酸衍生物及下述式(26 )所表示的二胺化合物,以任意比率混合此等製造聚醯亞 胺先驅物’而得含有上述式(2)所表示之構造單位的聚 醯亞胺先驅物。 [化 30] Ο Ο-26- 201033249 In the above formulas (19) to (21), R4 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group are, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, butyl, t-butyl. Polyurethane esters increase the temperature at which the imidization is carried out according to the increase in the carbon number of the alkyl group. Therefore, R4 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group by the viewpoint of heat and imidization. Is a methyl group. Z is a substituent having a structure represented by the above formula (1), and a is an integer of 0 to 4. Parent 1 is the organic base of (4 + a) valence. (22) In the above formula (22), Z is an integer of 0 to 4 in the substituent 'b' having the structure represented by the above formula (1). 71 is an organic base of (2 + b) valence. The present invention can be carried out by using the tetracarboxylic acid derivative represented by the above formulas (19) to (21) and the diamine compound represented by the following formula (22), and the following formulas (23) to (25). The tetracarboxylic acid derivative represented by the following formula (26) and the diamine compound represented by the following formula (26) are mixed at these ratios to produce a polyimine precursor ', and a poly unit containing the structural unit represented by the above formula (2) is obtained. Anthraquinone precursor. [化30] Ο Ο

Ο ΟΟ Ο

0 201033249 上述式(23)至(25)中,X、R4各自較佳如’因式 (19)至(21)之例示。 [化 31] H2N一Y一NH2 (26) 上述式(26)中,Y爲2價之有機基。 上述式(19)至(21)及上述式(23)至(25)中, X及Xi之構造並無特別限定。其具體例如,下述X-1至 X-46所表示之構造。又此等四羧酸衍生物可使用2種以 上。 但上述式(19)至(21)中,會因Z之取代數的a而 改變X i之價數。即,僅Z之取代數即可使,自下述X -1 至X-46所表示之構造中任意位置去除氫原子而得的構造 爲Xi之構造。0 201033249 In the above formulas (23) to (25), each of X and R4 is preferably as exemplified by the formulae (19) to (21). H2N-Y-NH2 (26) In the above formula (26), Y is a divalent organic group. In the above formulas (19) to (21) and the above formulas (23) to (25), the structures of X and Xi are not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, the configuration represented by the following X-1 to X-46. Further, these tetracarboxylic acid derivatives may be used in two or more types. However, in the above formulas (19) to (21), the valence of X i is changed by a of the substitution number of Z. In other words, the number of substitutions of Z can be such a structure that Xi is removed from any position in the structure represented by X -1 to X-46 described below.

[化 32][化32]

X-1 / \ X-2 CH 叫 3 \ ch3 X-3 C h3ch3 / \ X-4 CH \ / CH 3ch3 3CH3 X-5 X-6 X-7 X-8 XX X-9 DC -28- 201033249 [化 33]X-1 / \ X-2 CH is called 3 \ ch3 X-3 C h3ch3 / \ X-4 CH \ / CH 3ch3 3CH3 X-5 X-6 X-7 X-8 XX X-9 DC -28- 201033249 [化33]

X-10 xc X-11 iX X-12 mrc X-13 \ X-14 X-15 :=tc=: X-16 X-17 X-18 \x ch3 X-19 X-20 H3 ? X-21 V ch3 X-22 \x X-23 X-24 X-25 X X-26 XX X-27 x^a X-28 X-29 X-30 X-31 X-32 X-33 xrcc -29- 201033249 [化 34] X-34 xr°xx Χ-35 χΛχ Χ-36 X-37 xAx Χ-38 F3CvCF3 Χ-39 \χ X-40 αχ Χ-41 αχ Χ-42 X-43 Χ-44 D^tC h3c Χ«45 h3c ^ X-46 上述式(22)及上述式(26)中,γ及1之構造並 無特別限定。其具體例如下述Y_1至Y_i 00所表示之構造 G 。又二胺化合物可爲2種以上。 但上述式(22)中’會因Z之取代數b(b = 0至4) 而改變Y!之價數。即,僅Z之取代數即可使,自下述γ-1至Y-100所表示之構造中任意位置去除氫原子而得的構 造爲Yi之構造。 -30- 201033249X-10 xc X-11 iX X-12 mrc X-13 \ X-14 X-15 :=tc=: X-16 X-17 X-18 \x ch3 X-19 X-20 H3 ? X-21 V ch3 X-22 \x X-23 X-24 X-25 X X-26 XX X-27 x^a X-28 X-29 X-30 X-31 X-32 X-33 xrcc -29- 201033249 X-34 xr°xx Χ-35 χΛχ Χ-36 X-37 xAx Χ-38 F3CvCF3 Χ-39 \χ X-40 αχ Χ-41 αχ Χ-42 X-43 Χ-44 D^tC H3c Χ «45 h3c ^ X-46 In the above formula (22) and the above formula (26), the structures of γ and 1 are not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, the structure G represented by Y_1 to Y_i 00 described below. Further, two or more kinds of diamine compounds may be used. However, in the above formula (22), the valence of Y! is changed by the substitution number b of Z (b = 0 to 4). In other words, the number of substitutions of Z may be such a structure that the hydrogen atom is removed from any position in the structure represented by γ-1 to Y-100 described below. -30- 201033249

[化 35] Y-t -ο- Υ-2 XX Υ-3 χτα Y-4 Υ-5 Η3〇χτχχΗ3 Υ-6 -31 - 201033249 [化 36] Y-7 Υ-8 Y-9 jaCH3 Υ-10 h3c ch3 Υ-11 χχα Y-12 Cl Υ-13 〇-ch3 谷 Υ-14 Y-15 h3c Υ-16 ch3 Υ-17 ^&lt;CH2 'ch2 Y-18 / ch2 Υ-19 Υ-20 Or\ Y-21 Υ-22 Υ-23 Y-24 &amp; Χ-25 Χ-26 H〇C CH3 X-27 h3c Υ-28 xra Υ-29 /OXJ Y-30 Υ-31 Υ-32 x/a Y-33Yt -ο- Υ-2 XX Υ-3 χτα Y-4 Υ-5 Η3〇χτχχΗ3 Υ-6 -31 - 201033249 [化36] Y-7 Υ-8 Y-9 jaCH3 Υ-10 h3c Ch3 Υ-11 χχα Y-12 Cl Υ-13 〇-ch3 谷Υ-14 Y-15 h3c Υ-16 ch3 Υ-17 ^&lt;CH2 'ch2 Y-18 / ch2 Υ-19 Υ-20 Or\ Y -21 Υ-22 Υ-23 Y-24 &amp; Χ-25 Χ-26 H〇C CH3 X-27 h3c Υ-28 xra Υ-29 /OXJ Y-30 Υ-31 Υ-32 x/a Y- 33

-32- 201033249 [化 37]-32- 201033249 [化37]

Y-34 Υ-35 αΑχ y-36 Y-37 H3c ch3 Υ-38 π乂CF3 α/α Υ-39 f3c cf3 Y-40 Η Υ-41 Υ-42 Y-43 Υ-44 Υ-45 Y-46 Υ-47 Υ-43 Y-49 V Υ-50 6k Υ-51 XXY-34 Υ-35 αΑχ y-36 Y-37 H3c ch3 Υ-38 π乂CF3 α/α Υ-39 f3c cf3 Y-40 Η Υ-41 Υ-42 Y-43 Υ-44 Υ-45 Y- 46 Υ-47 Υ-43 Y-49 V Υ-50 6k Υ-51 XX

[化 38][化38]

Υ-52 ——(〇Η2)η— π=2 〜5 Y-53 CH3 —(CH2)2-C—(CH2)2— ch3 Υ-54 ch3 —(CH2)4-C—(CH2)3— ch3 Y-55 ch3 ch3 1 1 3 —CH2—c—(CH2)2-C——(CH2)2— Υ-56 ch3 ch3 1 3 1 3 ~CH2-c (CH2)2-C (ch2)3 Y-57 ch3 1 —(CH2)2-C —(c h2)5— H -33- 201033249 [化 39] Y-58 ίΗ3 —(CH2&gt;4-^—(ch2)5— Π Y-59 ~(CHjy-O—(CH2)2~〇~(CH^3— Υ-60 CH3 ch3 -(CH2)3-〒一Ο_Si-(CH2)3— ch3 ch3 Y-61 j〇tnJ Υ-62 Y-63 Υ-64 Y-65 V-66 Wrr Y-67 Χ-68 h3c ch3 X-69 h3c ch3 Υ-70 f3c cf3 OL0rAa0xr Y-71 n = 2 〜5 Υ-72 xx〇wia n = 2 〜5 Y-73 X^jO^^XXXX n=2 〜5 Υ-74 仆 n = 2 〜5 Y-75 /〇—(C HA—。、 n=2 〜5Υ-52 ——(〇Η2)η— π=2 ~5 Y-53 CH3 —(CH2)2-C—(CH2)2— ch3 Υ-54 ch3 —(CH2)4-C—(CH2)3 — ch3 Y-55 ch3 ch3 1 1 3 —CH2—c—(CH2)2-C——(CH2)2—Υ-56 ch3 ch3 1 3 1 3 ~CH2-c (CH2)2-C (ch2) 3 Y-57 ch3 1 —(CH2)2-C —(c h2)5— H -33- 201033249 [化39] Y-58 Η3 —(CH2&gt;4-^—(ch2)5— Π Y-59 ~(CHjy-O—(CH2)2~〇~(CH^3—Υ-60 CH3 ch3 -(CH2)3-〒一Ο_Si-(CH2)3— ch3 ch3 Y-61 j〇tnJ Υ-62 Y -63 Υ-64 Y-65 V-66 Wrr Y-67 Χ-68 h3c ch3 X-69 h3c ch3 Υ-70 f3c cf3 OL0rAa0xr Y-71 n = 2 ~5 Υ-72 xx〇wia n = 2 ~5 Y-73 X^jO^^XXXX n=2 ~5 Υ-74 servant n = 2 ~5 Y-75 /〇—(C HA—., n=2 ~5

-34- 201033249 [化 40]-34- 201033249 [化40]

Y-76 χτ η=5〜19 Υ-77 CX η=5^19 Υ-78 ^OxMQ^Q-(CH2)n-CH3 Υ-79 η = 0 〜21 η = 0 〜21 Υ-80 k^〇KZ^O^(CH2)n&lt;:H3 Υ-81 k^'(&gt;0H^G^&lt;&gt;(CH2)n-CH3 η = 0 〜21 η = 0 〜21 Υ-82 0&quot;i^]HCHCH2&gt;n'cH3 n = 〇 〜21 Υ-83 ~)~^~~^-〇-(〇Η2)η—ch3 η = 0 〜21 Υ-84 ^^b-^)-Q^(CH2)n-CH3 n = 0 〜21 Υ-85 ^^b_0~0_o_&lt;cH2)n^H3 η = 0 〜21 Υ-86 n = 0 〜21 Υ-87 n=0 〜21 Υ-88 Υ-89 201033249 [化 41] Y-90 0 T 〇(〇H2)nCH3 n=0 〜21 Y-91 (CH2)nCH3 n=0〜14 Y-92 ja°y°xx Ο入0(CH2)nCH3 n=0 〜21 Y-93 O人0(CH2)nCH3 n=0〜21 wch3 〜CH3 Y-94 Y-95 u Ηβη^ ο p^〇r -Q y-o^ 〇 6 wch3 wch3 H^Y^bH3 Y-96 h /¾) Y-97 1 H3Cw&gt;—\ °~o~Y-76 χτ η=5~19 Υ-77 CX η=5^19 Υ-78 ^OxMQ^Q-(CH2)n-CH3 Υ-79 η = 0 〜21 η = 0 〜21 Υ-80 k^ 〇KZ^O^(CH2)n&lt;:H3 Υ-81 k^'(&gt;0H^G^&lt;&gt;(CH2)n-CH3 η = 0 〜21 η = 0 〜21 Υ-82 0&quot;i^]HCHCH2&gt;n'cH3 n = 〇~21 Υ-83 ~)~^~~^-〇-(〇Η2)η-ch3 η = 0 〜21 Υ-84 ^^b-^)-Q^ (CH2)n-CH3 n = 0 to 21 Υ-85 ^^b_0~0_o_&lt;cH2)n^H3 η = 0 to 21 Υ-86 n = 0 to 21 Υ-87 n=0 to 21 Υ-88 Υ -89 201033249 [化41] Y-90 0 T 〇(〇H2)nCH3 n=0 〜21 Y-91 (CH2)nCH3 n=0~14 Y-92 ja°y°xx 00(CH2)nCH3 n=0 ~21 Y-93 O人0(CH2)nCH3 n=0~21 wch3~CH3 Y-94 Y-95 u Ηβη^ ο p^〇r -Q yo^ 〇6 wch3 wch3 H^Y^bH3 Y-96 h /3⁄4) Y-97 1 H3Cw&gt;—\ °~o~

[化 42. Y-98 ό〇9 Y-99 0C Y-100[化42. Y-98 ό〇9 Y-99 0C Y-100

本發明中,上述式(2)之取代基Z可存在於四羧酸 衍生物或二胺之任何部位且可爲1個以上。 就易製造及單體易處理觀點,又以使用上述式(22) 所表示之二胺化合物爲佳。本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚 醯亞胺較佳爲,含有下述式(3)所表示之構造單位的聚 -36- 201033249 醯亞胺先驅物’及含有下述式(7)所表示之構造單位的 聚醯亞胺。 [化 43] 〇 〇 -or4In the present invention, the substituent Z of the above formula (2) may be present in any part of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative or the diamine and may be one or more. In view of ease of manufacture and ease of handling of the monomer, it is preferred to use the diamine compound represented by the above formula (22). The polyimide precursor and the polyimine of the present invention are preferably a poly-36-201033249 quinone imide precursor having a structural unit represented by the following formula (3) and containing the following formula (7) The structural unit of the polyimine represented. [化 43] 〇 〇 -or4

X r4〇- (3) -NH—Y2-NH-X r4〇- (3) -NH-Y2-NH-

〇 〇 &lt;Z )&lt; 式(3 )中’ X爲4價之有機基,γ2爲(2 + c )價之有 機基’R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基。Z爲上述式(1 )所表示之構造。c爲1至4,較佳舄〗至2之整數。 [化 44]〇 〇 &lt;Z)&lt; In the formula (3), X is a tetravalent organic group, and γ2 is an organic group of (2 + c) valence. 'R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Z is a structure represented by the above formula (1). c is an integer from 1 to 4, preferably from 舄 to 2. [化44]

式(7)中,X、Y2、Z、C爲,與上述式(3)相同之 意義。 含有上述式(3)及(7)之構造單位的聚醯亞胺先驅 物或聚醯亞胺係自,以任意比率混合上述式(23)至(25 )所表示的四羧酸衍生物及下述式(27)所表示的二胺化 合物與上述式(26)所表示的二胺化合物反應而得。 -37- 201033249 [化 45]In the formula (7), X, Y2, Z and C have the same meanings as in the above formula (3). a polyimide precursor or a polyimide containing a structural unit of the above formulas (3) and (7), wherein the tetracarboxylic acid derivative represented by the above formulas (23) to (25) is mixed at an arbitrary ratio and The diamine compound represented by the following formula (27) is obtained by reacting the diamine compound represented by the above formula (26). -37- 201033249 [Chem. 45]

H2N — 丫2—NH2 (27) 式(27)中Y2、Z、c爲與上述式(3)及(7)相同 之意義。Υ2所表示之構造的具體例如,前述Υ-1至γ_100 所表示之構造。又二胺化合物可爲2種以上。 但上述式(27)中,會因Ζ之取代數的c而改變γ2 之價數。即,僅Ζ之取代數即可使,自Υ-1至Υ· 1〇〇所表 示之構造中任意位置去除氫原子而得的構造爲Υ2之構造 〇 使用不含聯苯、環己基、類固醇、碳數10以上之長 鏈烷基、氟烷基等高體積支鏈之二胺化合物中,含有芳香 族胺基之二胺化合物而得的聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺, 可得具有良好的液晶配向性及優良機械特性之液晶配向膜 。本發明之液晶配向劑較佳爲含有,含有下述式(4)所 表示之構造單位的聚醯亞胺先驅物,或含有下述式(9) 所表示之構造單位的聚醯亞胺。 (Ζ ),H2N - 丫2 - NH2 (27) In the formula (27), Y2, Z, and c have the same meanings as the above formulas (3) and (7). Specifically, for example, the configuration represented by Υ-1 to γ_100 is as described above. Further, two or more kinds of diamine compounds may be used. However, in the above formula (27), the valence of γ2 is changed by c of the substitution number of Ζ. In other words, the structure in which the hydrogen atom is removed from any position in the structure represented by Υ-1 to Υ·1〇〇 can be used as the structure of Υ2, and the use of biphenyl, cyclohexyl, or steroid-free is used. a high-volume branched diamine compound having a carbon number of 10 or more and a high volume branched diamine compound such as a fluoroalkyl group, which comprises a polyamine imine precursor of an aromatic amine group or a polyimine. A liquid crystal alignment film having good liquid crystal alignment and excellent mechanical properties is obtained. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention preferably contains a polyimine precursor containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (4) or a polyimine containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (9). (Ζ),

[化 46] 201033249 (式中’ X、R4、Z及c爲與上述式(3)相同之意義,r5 爲單鍵或具有芳香族基之2價有機基)。201033249 (wherein X, R4, Z and c are the same meanings as in the above formula (3), and r5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group having an aromatic group).

(式中,X、Z、R5及c爲與上述式(4)相同之意義 )° 本發明所得的聚合物具有較高之直線性時,可得具有 良好的液晶配向性之液晶配向膜,因此含有取代基Z之二 胺化合物更佳爲,下述式(28)至(44 )及下述式(58) 至(61)所表示的二胺化合物。此等式中’ Z爲上述式( ❹ 1)所表示之構造,C爲1至4之整數,d及e爲1至2之 整數。 [化 48] (Z)c H2N&lt;^h2 (30) (Z)c &lt;^)c H2N-^^-NH2 (28) H2N-h^ (29) IMH2 [化 49](wherein, X, Z, R5 and c have the same meanings as in the above formula (4)). When the polymer obtained by the present invention has a high linearity, a liquid crystal alignment film having a good liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained. Therefore, the diamine compound containing the substituent Z is more preferably a diamine compound represented by the following formulas (28) to (44) and the following formulas (58) to (61). In the equation, 'Z is a structure represented by the above formula (?1), C is an integer of 1 to 4, and d and e are integers of 1 to 2. (Z)c H2N&lt;^h2 (30) (Z)c &lt;^)c H2N-^^-NH2 (28) H2N-h^ (29) IMH2 [Chem. 49]

(Z)c HsN(Z)c HsN

H2 (31)H2 (31)

(33) -39- 201033249 [化 50] (Z)d(33) -39- 201033249 [Chem. 50] (Z)d

IZ )c K NH2(34) H2N^3~(CH2)(^-NHi35) n = 3〜5 [化 51] &lt;Z)d «Z)e (CH2)n_v3-NH2(36^&gt; H2N^^ 、(ch2)IZ )c K NH2(34) H2N^3~(CH2)(^-NHi35) n = 3~5 [化51] &lt;Z)d «Z)e (CH2)n_v3-NH2(36^&gt; H2N ^^ , (ch2)

A ^nh2(37) 3-5 2~5 ⑩ [化 52]A ^nh2(37) 3-5 2~5 10 [Chem. 52]

)e NH〇 (38) H2N (Z )d Ο O (Z)e CH2)n-^. 2~5 丨 ~^~NH2(39) (Z )c :2〜5 (CH2)n-q i = 2〜5 (41) [化 54] H2N[化 55] (Z)de NH〇(38) H2N (Z )d Ο O (Z)e CH2)n-^. 2~5 丨~^~NH2(39) (Z )c :2~5 (CH2)nq i = 2 ~5 (41) [Chem. 54] H2N[化55] (Z)d

p-(CH2)n· =2-5 (Z)e &lt;Z) 瑪(42) h2n ⑩P-(CH2)n· =2-5 (Z)e &lt;Z) 玛(42) h2n 10

,N' NH2 (43) (44) Η2Ν^ ^NH2 40- 201033249 [化 56],N' NH2 (43) (44) Η2Ν^ ^NH2 40- 201033249 [Chem. 56]

本發明之聚合物主鏈爲剛直狀時可得具有優良機械強 度之聚醯亞胺膜,因此本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞 胺更佳爲,含有下述式(5)所表示之構造單位的聚醯亞 胺先驅物,及含有下述式(11)所表示之構造單位的聚醯 亞胺。 [化 57]The polymer backbone of the present invention is a polyimine film having excellent mechanical strength when it is straight. Therefore, the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimine are more preferably, and contain the following formula (5). The polyimine precursor of the structural unit represented, and the polyimine containing the structural unit represented by the following formula (11). [化57]

U )cU )c

c〇〇r4 (5)C〇〇r4 (5)

CO—x—CO—NHCO—x—CO—NH

I coor4 (式中,X、R4、Z及c爲與上述式(3)相同之意義 -41 - 201033249I coor4 (wherein, X, R4, Z and c are the same meanings as the above formula (3) -41 - 201033249

(li) (式中,X、R4、Z及c爲與上述式(3)相同之意義 b .[特定二胺化合物] 本發明中製造聚醯亞胺先驅物用之原料的二胺化合物 特佳如,下述式(A)至(F)之二胺化合物。 [化 59](li) (wherein, X, R4, Z and c are the same meanings as in the above formula (3) b. [Specific diamine compound] The diamine compound of the raw material for producing a polyimide precursor in the present invention Jiaru, a diamine compound of the following formula (A) to (F).

H2N NH NH,H2N NH NH,

(A) H2N(A) H2N

CH. HaOXthHa0 丫5 ,(CH2)3-NH (C)CH. HaOXthHa0 丫5 ,(CH2)3-NH (C)

H3C CH3 -Chb NH2 (B) H2N^VnH2 \ch2)3hsih c/o HaC^ChbH3C CH3 -Chb NH2 (B) H2N^VnH2 \ch2)3hsih c/o HaC^Chb

G &gt;0 HN NH H2N-^HvJH2 (D) H2N-^^NH2G &gt;0 HN NH H2N-^HvJH2 (D) H2N-^^NH2

CH, (E)CH, (E)

-42- 201033249 bl.[製造二胺化合物] 下面將說明上述式(A)至(E)所表示的特定二胺化 合物之製造法,但本發明非限定於此等。 首先,上述式(A)之二胺化合物例如可以下述式( 45)的2-氰基-4-硝基苯胺爲開始原料,經由下述式(iv) 所表示的中間物製造。-42-201033249 bl. [Production of Diamine Compound] The production method of the specific diamine compound represented by the above formulas (A) to (E) will be described below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. First, the diamine compound of the above formula (A) can be produced, for example, by using 2-cyano-4-nitroaniline of the following formula (45) as a starting material and by an intermediate represented by the following formula (iv).

[化 60][60]

CN °2N-&lt;(~/~NH2 (45) [化 61]CN °2N-&lt;(~/~NH2 (45) [Chem. 61]

CN 〇2N-^^-NH2~~^〇2hh^^-NH2—- 〇^3 -ΝΗ &lt;\&gt;ΝΗ2 —CN 〇2N-^^-NH2~~^〇2hh^^-NH2—- 〇^3 -ΝΗ &lt;\&gt;ΝΗ2 —

首先將上述式(45)之2-氰基-4-硝基苯胺溶解於有 機溶劑。所使用的有機溶劑可爲能溶解2-氰基-4-硝基苯 胺,但不被其後所添加之還原劑分解的有機溶劑,並無特 別限定,較佳爲脫水處理過之四氫呋喃(THF )。將所得 的2-氰基-4-硝基苯胺溶液冷卻至-40°C至70°C,較佳爲- 20°C至20°C後,攪拌反應溶液的同時加入還原劑。還原劑 爲粉末時較佳爲直接加入反應溶液,又還原劑爲溶液時較 佳以滴液加入。還原劑如,甲硼烷、甲硼烷錯合物、氫化 硼鈉、鋰鋁氫化物等,較佳爲甲硼烷-THF錯合物。添加 -43- 201033249 還原劑後冷卻反應溶液的同時攪拌3 0分鐘至4小時,較 佳爲1至2小時。其後於室溫下攪拌12至72小時,較佳 爲24至48小時。結束反應後加入1至2Μ之無機酸,使 反應溶液爲酸性。無機酸如,鹽酸、氟化氫、溴化含氫酸 、碘化含氫酸、磷酸、硝酸、硫酸、硼酸等,更佳爲鹽酸 。添加無機酸後,室溫下攪拌1至2小時,再將反應溶液 冷卻至〇至l〇°C,其後加入1至2Μ之無機鹼水溶液,使 反應溶液爲鹼性。無機鹼水溶液如,氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀 、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等之水溶液,較佳爲氫氧化鈉。使 反應溶液爲鹼性後,加入有機溶劑進行萃取。 萃取用之有機溶劑較佳爲鹵素有機溶劑,更佳爲二氯 甲烷。以純水或飽和食鹽水洗淨所得的有機層後,以乾燥 劑乾燥。乾燥劑較佳爲硫酸鈉、硫酸鎂。所得有機層之乾 燥時間爲4至24小時,較佳爲12至24小時。去除乾燥 劑後’由所得濾液餾去溶劑,可得下述式(46)所表示的 化合物。所得的化合物無需精製,可使用於其次之反應, 但可以各種方法精製。精製方法如,矽膠柱色譜法、再結 晶、以有機溶劑洗淨等,但就操作簡便性、提高精製效率 又以再結晶更佳。再結晶用之有機溶劑可爲,能使下述式 (46 )再結晶之有機溶劑,不限其種類,且可使用2種以 上之混合溶劑再結晶。 [化 62]First, the 2-cyano-4-nitroaniline of the above formula (45) is dissolved in an organic solvent. The organic solvent to be used may be an organic solvent capable of dissolving 2-cyano-4-nitroaniline but not decomposed by the reducing agent added thereafter, and is not particularly limited, and is preferably dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (THF). ). After the obtained 2-cyano-4-nitroaniline solution is cooled to -40 ° C to 70 ° C, preferably - 20 ° C to 20 ° C, the reducing agent is added while stirring the reaction solution. When the reducing agent is a powder, it is preferred to directly add the reaction solution, and when the reducing agent is a solution, it is preferably added as a dropping liquid. The reducing agent is, for example, borane, borane complex, sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride or the like, preferably a borane-THF complex. Add -43- 201033249 After the reducing agent is cooled, the reaction solution is stirred for 30 minutes to 4 hours, preferably 1 to 2 hours. Thereafter, it is stirred at room temperature for 12 to 72 hours, preferably 24 to 48 hours. After the completion of the reaction, 1 to 2 Torr of the inorganic acid is added to make the reaction solution acidic. The inorganic acid is, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrogen fluoride, brominated hydrogen acid, iodinated hydrogen acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, boric acid or the like, more preferably hydrochloric acid. After the addition of the inorganic acid, the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 to 2 hours, and then the reaction solution is cooled to 〇 to 10 ° C, and then 1 to 2 Torr of an aqueous solution of an inorganic base is added to make the reaction solution alkaline. An aqueous solution of an inorganic alkali such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydrogencarbonate or potassium hydrogencarbonate is preferably sodium hydroxide. After the reaction solution is made alkaline, an organic solvent is added for extraction. The organic solvent for extraction is preferably a halogen organic solvent, more preferably methylene chloride. The obtained organic layer was washed with pure water or saturated brine and dried with a drying agent. The desiccant is preferably sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. The resulting organic layer has a drying time of 4 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours. After the desiccant is removed, the solvent is distilled off from the obtained filtrate to obtain a compound represented by the following formula (46). The obtained compound can be used in the next reaction without purification, but can be purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, tannin column chromatography, recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc., but recrystallization is more preferable in terms of ease of operation and improvement of purification efficiency. The organic solvent for recrystallization may be an organic solvent which can recrystallize the following formula (46), and is not limited to the type, and may be recrystallized using two or more kinds of mixed solvents. [化 62]

NH2 02N NH2 (46) 201033249 其次將說明自上述式(46)所表示的化合物製造下述 式(47)之方法。 [化 63]NH2 02N NH2 (46) 201033249 Next, a method of producing the following formula (47) from the compound represented by the above formula (46) will be explained. [化63]

^-NH 〇 〇2N~^NH2 (47) 首先將上述式(46)所表示的化合物溶解於有機溶劑 中,加入二碳酸二-tert-丁酯後,於反應溫度-l〇°C至40°c ,較佳爲〇°C至20 °C下攪拌12至48小時,較佳爲20至 4〇小時進行反應。反應所使用之有機溶劑可爲,能溶解上 述式(46)之化合物且不含與二碳酸二_tert_丁酯反應之 物,不限其種類’但以二氯甲烷、四氫呋喃爲佳。又爲了 φ 更有效率進行反應,可添加三乙基胺、吡啶等有機鹼。添 加量相對於上述式(46)之化合物較佳爲1至2莫耳份。 結束反應後加入有機溶劑、純水或飽和食鹽水進行萃取, 再將乾燥劑加入所得的有機層中進行乾燥。萃取用之有機 溶劑可爲不會與水混合之物,不限其種類,但以二氯甲烷 爲佳。又可將水或飽和食鹽水加入反應溶液進行萃取。乾 燥劑較佳爲硫酸鈉、硫酸鎂。所得有機層之乾燥時間爲4 至24小時,較佳爲12至24小時。去除乾燥劑後自所得 濾液餾去溶劑,可得上述式(47 )所表示的化合物。所得 -45- 201033249 的化合物無需精製,可使用於其次之反應,但以各種方法 精製爲佳。精製方法如’矽膠柱色譜法、再結晶、以有機 溶劑洗淨等,但就操作簡便性、提高精製效率又以再結晶 爲佳。再結晶所使用的有機溶劑可爲,能將下述式(47 ) 再結晶之有機溶劑,不限其種類,且可以2種以上之混合 溶劑進行再結晶。 其次將說明自上述式(47)所表示的化合物製造下述 式(A)所表示的二胺化合物之方法。 [化 64]^-NH 〇〇2N~^NH2 (47) First, the compound represented by the above formula (46) is dissolved in an organic solvent, and after adding di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, the reaction temperature is -10 ° C to 40 The reaction is carried out by stirring at °C to 20 ° C for 12 to 48 hours, preferably 20 to 4 hours. The organic solvent used in the reaction may be one which is capable of dissolving the compound of the above formula (46) and which does not react with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, and is not limited to the type 'but preferably dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran. Further, in order to carry out the reaction more efficiently, φ can be added with an organic base such as triethylamine or pyridine. The amount of addition is preferably from 1 to 2 mole parts based on the compound of the above formula (46). After completion of the reaction, an organic solvent, pure water or saturated brine is added for extraction, and a desiccant is added to the obtained organic layer to dry. The organic solvent for extraction may be one which does not mix with water, and is not limited to the type, but dichloromethane is preferred. Further, water or saturated brine may be added to the reaction solution for extraction. The desiccant is preferably sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. The drying time of the resulting organic layer is from 4 to 24 hours, preferably from 12 to 24 hours. After the desiccant is removed, the solvent is distilled off from the obtained filtrate to obtain a compound represented by the above formula (47). The obtained compound of -45 to 201033249 can be used in the next reaction without purification, but it is preferably purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, 'gel column chromatography, recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc., but recrystallization is preferred in terms of ease of operation and improvement of purification efficiency. The organic solvent to be recrystallized may be an organic solvent which can recrystallize the following formula (47), and is not limited to the type, and may be recrystallized from a mixed solvent of two or more kinds. Next, a method of producing a diamine compound represented by the following formula (A) from the compound represented by the above formula (47) will be explained. [化 64]

首先將上述式(47)所表示的化合物溶解於有機溶劑 中。所使用的有機溶劑可爲已知之物,不限其種類。爲了 更有效率進行反應較佳爲甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、四氫呋喃 、1,4-二噁烷,更佳爲甲醇、乙醇。將上述式(47)所表 示的化合物溶解於有機溶劑後,以氮取代反應容器內部後 加入觸媒,再以氫取代反應容器內部。觸媒如,鈀碳、粗 鉑碳、氧化鈾等,但爲了抑制苄基位之分解反應,更佳爲 氧化鉑。以〇°C至l〇〇°C,較佳爲10至6(TC攪拌反應混合 物〗〇至48小時,較佳爲1 5至30小時。結束反應後去除 觸媒,再餾去有機溶劑,可得上述式(A)所表示的本發 -46- 201033249 明之二胺化合物。所得的化合物未精製下將無法進行聚合 反應’而無法得到高分子量之聚合物,因此較佳以各種方 法精製。精製方法如’矽膠柱色譜法、再結晶、以有機溶 劑洗淨等’但就操作簡便性、提高精製效率較佳爲再結晶 。再結晶所使用的有機溶劑可爲,能將下述式(A )之二 胺再結晶的有機溶劑,不限其種類,且可以2種以上之混 合溶劑進行再結晶。 〇 下面爲上述式(B)及(c)之二胺化合物的製造方法 ’但非限定於此。上述式(B )及(C )之二胺化合物例如 可以下述式(48 )之丙炔胺爲開始原料,經由下述式(v )至(vi )所表示的中間物製造。 [化 65] λνη2 (48) [化 66]First, the compound represented by the above formula (47) is dissolved in an organic solvent. The organic solvent to be used may be known, and is not limited to the kind thereof. In order to carry out the reaction more efficiently, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane is preferred, and methanol or ethanol is more preferred. After dissolving the compound represented by the above formula (47) in an organic solvent, the inside of the reaction vessel is replaced with nitrogen, and then the catalyst is added, and the inside of the reaction vessel is replaced with hydrogen. The catalyst is, for example, palladium carbon, crude platinum carbon, uranium oxide or the like, but in order to suppress the decomposition reaction of the benzyl group, platinum oxide is more preferred. 〇 ° C to l ° ° C, preferably 10 to 6 (TC stirred reaction mixture 〇 to 48 hours, preferably 15 to 30 hours. After the reaction is completed, the catalyst is removed, and the organic solvent is distilled off. The diamine compound of the present invention represented by the above formula (A) can be obtained. The obtained compound cannot be polymerized without being purified, and a polymer having a high molecular weight cannot be obtained. Therefore, it is preferably purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, 'gelatin column chromatography, recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc.', but recrystallization is preferred in terms of ease of operation and purification efficiency. The organic solvent used for recrystallization may be the following formula ( The organic solvent for recrystallizing the diamine of A) is not limited to the type, and may be recrystallized by a mixed solvent of two or more kinds. The following is a method for producing a diamine compound of the above formulas (B) and (c). The diamine compound of the above formula (B) and (C) can be produced, for example, by using propynamide of the following formula (48) as a starting material, and by an intermediate represented by the following formulas (v) to (vi). [化65] λνη2 (48) [Chem. 66]

JH H3CCH3JH H3CCH3

-NH ΝΗ 2 〇2N-\_^-NH2-〇2N-\_^~NH2 (v) [化 67] γ-ΝΗ ΝΗ, 〇;3! ^ΝΗ ΗΝ-Ρ 〇Η^—► 〇2Ν〇ΝΗ2—&quot; 〇2N-C5hmH2 (vi) ΗΝ-^ ΟΛ〇慨&gt; ^CCH3 °a3 -47- 201033249 上述二胺(B)及(C)除了係各自使用下述式(49) 及(50)之碘化芳基製造外,其他可以相同方法製造。又 可使用下述式(49)及(50)之碘基的取代位置;、 溴基、三氟甲基磺醯基取代之化合物,但就反應性觀點較 佳爲芳基碘。 [化 68] o2n-NH ΝΗ 2 〇2N-\_^-NH2-〇2N-\_^~NH2 (v) [化67] γ-ΝΗ ΝΗ, 〇;3! ^ΝΗ ΗΝ-Ρ 〇Η^—► 〇2Ν〇 ΝΗ2—&quot; 〇2N-C5hmH2 (vi) ΗΝ-^ generous> ^CCH3 °a3 -47- 201033249 The above diamines (B) and (C) are each using the following formulas (49) and (50). In addition to the manufacture of the iodinated aryl group, the others can be produced in the same manner. Further, a substitution position of an iodine group of the following formulas (49) and (50); a compound substituted with a bromo group or a trifluoromethylsulfonyl group may be used, but an aryl iodide is preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity. [化68] o2n

H2 (49)H2 (49)

[化 69] o2n[化69] o2n

下面將說明自上述式(48)之丙炔胺製造下述式(51 )之Boc-丙炔胺的方法。Next, a method of producing Boc-propargylamine of the following formula (51) from the propynylamine of the above formula (48) will be explained.

[化 70] HN-&lt; 3 3 (51) 將丙炔胺溶解於有機溶劑中,加入有機鹼。反應用之 有機溶劑可爲’能溶解丙炔胺但不會與其後所添加的二碳 酸二-teirt-丁酯反應之物’不限其種類,較佳爲二氯甲烷 。又添加有機鹼之目的爲提升胺基之親核性用,更佳爲三 -48- 201033249 乙基胺或吡啶。使反應溶液爲_5°C至40°C下,較佳爲0°C 至20°C下,將二碳酸二-tert-丁酯滴入反應溶液中。滴液 速度太快時會急烈進行反應’因此滴液時間較佳爲1 〇分 鐘至1小時。又滴液速度會依二碳酸二-tert-丁酯之添加 量而變更。結束滴液後攪拌1至1〇小時,較佳爲2至4 小時,再將水或飽和食鹽水、有機溶劑加入反應溶液進行 萃取。萃取用之有機溶劑可爲不會混合水之物,不限其種 φ 類,但以使用與反應用之物相同之物爲佳。以乾燥劑乾燥 萃取所得的有機層。乾燥劑較佳爲硫酸鈉或硫酸鎂。所得 有機層之乾燥時間爲4至24小時,較佳爲12至24小時 。去除乾燥劑後,自所得濾液餾去溶劑,可得上述式(5 1 )所表示的化合物。所得的化合物無需精製,可使用於其 次之反應,但以各種方法精製爲佳。精製方法如,砂膠柱 色譜法、再結晶、以有機溶劑洗淨等,但就操作簡便性、 提高精製效率更佳爲再結晶。再結晶所使用的有機溶劑可 • 爲,能將下述式(51)再結晶之有機溶劑,不限其種類, 且可使用2種以上之混合溶劑進行再結晶。 下面將使用上述式(51)所表不的化合物說明製造下 述式(52)所表示的化合物之方法。 [化 71]HN-&lt;3 3 (51) Propynylamine is dissolved in an organic solvent, and an organic base is added. The organic solvent for the reaction may be any one which is capable of dissolving propargylamine but not reacting with di-tirt-butyl dicarbonate to be added thereto, and is preferably of a methylene chloride. The purpose of adding an organic base is to enhance the nucleophilicity of the amine group, and more preferably it is tri-48-201033249 ethylamine or pyridine. The reaction solution is allowed to drip di-tert-butyl dicarbonate into the reaction solution at _5 ° C to 40 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 20 ° C. When the drip is too fast, the reaction will be carried out violently. Therefore, the dripping time is preferably from 1 Torr to 1 hour. Further, the dropping speed is changed depending on the amount of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate added. After the completion of the dropping, the mixture is stirred for 1 to 1 hour, preferably 2 to 4 hours, and water or a saturated saline solution and an organic solvent are added to the reaction solution for extraction. The organic solvent for extraction may be one which does not mix water, and is not limited to the φ type, but it is preferably the same as the one used for the reaction. The resulting organic layer was extracted by drying with a drying agent. The desiccant is preferably sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. The resulting organic layer has a drying time of 4 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours. After the desiccant is removed, the solvent is distilled off from the obtained filtrate to obtain a compound represented by the above formula (5 1 ). The obtained compound can be used in the next reaction without purification, but it is preferably purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, sand column chromatography, recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc., but recrystallization is more preferable in terms of ease of operation and improvement of purification efficiency. The organic solvent to be recrystallized may be an organic solvent which can recrystallize the following formula (51), and is not limited to the type, and may be recrystallized using a mixed solvent of two or more kinds. Next, a method of producing the compound represented by the following formula (52) will be explained using a compound represented by the above formula (51). [化71]

-49- 201033249 上述式(52)所表示的化合物可藉由,上述式(51) 之Boc-丙炔胺與上述式(49)所表示的芳基鹵素的園頭偶 合(Sonogashira coupling)反應製造。 將上述式(49)所表示的芳基碘、鈀觸媒、銅觸媒及 驗加入’溶解於有機溶劑中。鈀觸媒較佳爲雙(三苯基膦 )銷(II)二氯化物,其添加量相對於芳基碘之碘基較佳 爲0.05至1.0莫耳% ’更佳爲01至0.5莫耳%。銅觸媒較 參 佳爲碘化銅’其添加量相對於芳基鹵素之碘基較佳爲〇.05 至1.0莫耳%,更佳爲Ο.〗至〇.5莫耳%。鹼較佳爲三乙基 胺、二乙基胺’其添加量相對於芳基碘之碘基較佳爲1至 3莫耳份,更佳爲1至2莫耳份。反應用之有機溶劑可爲 ’能溶解芳基碘但不會與其後添加之各種試劑反應之物, 不限其種類’但以Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺爲佳。 〇°C至30°C下,較佳爲0°C至20°C下攪拌前述反應溶 液5至30分鐘後,加入上述式(51)之Boc-丙炔胺,再 Θ 攪拌2至12小時,較佳爲4至10小時。Boc-丙炔胺之添 加量相對於芳基碘之碘基較佳爲1至2莫耳份,更佳爲 1.20至1.50莫耳份。 將有機溶劑、酸性水溶液加入反應溶液進行萃取。萃 取用之有機溶劑可爲不會混合水之物,不限其種類,但以 乙酸乙酯、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷爲佳。酸性水 溶液較佳爲氯化銨、鹽酸、乙酸或甲酸之水溶液。酸性度 太高時可能使Boc脫離,因此更佳爲氯化銨水溶液。酸性 -50- 201033249 溶液之濃度較佳爲0.5至2莫耳/L,更佳爲1至1.5莫耳 /L。以酸性水溶液洗淨所得有機層數次後,以乾燥劑乾燥 。乾燥劑較佳爲硫酸鈉、硫酸鎂。所得有機層之乾燥時間 爲4至24小時,較佳爲12至24小時。去除乾燥劑後, 自所得濾液餾去溶劑,可得前述式(52)所表示的化合物 。所得的化合物無需精製,可使用於其次之反應,但以各 種方法精製爲佳。精製方法如,矽膠柱色譜法、再結晶、 φ 以有機溶劑洗淨等,但就操作簡便性、提高精製效率更佳 爲再結晶。再結晶所使用的有機溶劑可爲,能將前述式( 52) 再結晶之有機溶劑,不限其種類,且可使用2種以 上之混合溶劑進行再結晶。 下述式(B)所表示的本發明之二胺化合物可藉由, 上述式(52)所表示的化合物之氫化反應製造。 [化 72] h3c ch3 3-49- 201033249 The compound represented by the above formula (52) can be produced by a Sonogashira coupling reaction of the Boc-propargylamine of the above formula (51) with the aryl halide represented by the above formula (49). . The aryl iodide, the palladium catalyst, and the copper catalyst represented by the above formula (49) are added and dissolved in an organic solvent. The palladium catalyst is preferably bis(triphenylphosphine) pin (II) dichloride, and the amount thereof is preferably 0.05 to 1.0 mol% relative to the iodine group of the aryl iodide, more preferably 01 to 0.5 mol. %. The amount of the copper catalyst is preferably 〇.05 to 1.0 mol%, more preferably Ο. to 〇5 mol%, relative to the iodine group of the aryl halide. The base is preferably triethylamine or diethylamine. The amount thereof is preferably from 1 to 3 mole parts, more preferably from 1 to 2 mole parts, based on the iodine group of the aryl iodide. The organic solvent for the reaction may be one which is capable of dissolving the aryl iodide but does not react with various reagents added thereto, and is not limited to the type ', but preferably hydrazine or dimethylformamide. After stirring the above reaction solution at 〇 ° C to 30 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 20 ° C for 5 to 30 minutes, the Boc-propargylamine of the above formula (51) is added, and the mixture is stirred for 2 to 12 hours. Preferably, it is 4 to 10 hours. The amount of Boc-propargylamine added is preferably from 1 to 2 mole parts, more preferably from 1.20 to 1.50 mole parts, relative to the iodine group of the aryl iodide. An organic solvent and an acidic aqueous solution are added to the reaction solution for extraction. The organic solvent to be extracted may be one which does not mix water, and is not limited to the type, but is preferably ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane. The acidic aqueous solution is preferably an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride, hydrochloric acid, acetic acid or formic acid. When the acidity is too high, Boc may be detached, so that an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride is more preferable. The concentration of the acid -50 to 201033249 solution is preferably from 0.5 to 2 mol/L, more preferably from 1 to 1.5 mol/L. The obtained organic layer was washed with an acidic aqueous solution several times, and then dried with a drying agent. The desiccant is preferably sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. The drying time of the obtained organic layer is 4 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours. After the desiccant is removed, the solvent is distilled off from the obtained filtrate to obtain a compound represented by the above formula (52). The obtained compound can be used in the next reaction without purification, but it is preferably purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, tannin column chromatography, recrystallization, φ washing with an organic solvent, etc., but the operation is simple and the purification efficiency is improved to recrystallization. The organic solvent to be recrystallized may be an organic solvent which can recrystallize the above formula (52), and is not limited to the type, and may be recrystallized using two or more kinds of mixed solvents. The diamine compound of the present invention represented by the following formula (B) can be produced by a hydrogenation reaction of the compound represented by the above formula (52). [化72] h3c ch3 3

H2NH2N

NH (B) 將上述式(52)所表示的化合物溶解於有機溶劑中。 所使用的有機溶劑可爲已知之物,不限其種類,但爲了更 有效率促進反應較佳爲甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、四氫呋喃、 1,4-二噁烷,更佳爲甲醇、乙醇。將上述式(52)所表示 的化合物溶解於有機溶劑後,以氮取代反應容器內部後加 入觸媒,再以氫取代反應容器內部。觸媒如,鈀碳、粗鉑 -51 - 201033249 碳、氧化鈉等,但就反應效率更佳爲鈀碳。至10(rc下 ,較佳爲10至6〇°C攪拌反應混合物15至72小時,較佳 爲24至48小時。結束反應後去除觸媒,再餾去有機溶劑 ’可得上述式(B )所表示的本發明之二胺化合物。所得 的化合物非高純度時將無法進行聚合反應,而無法得到高 分子量之聚合物,因此較佳以各種方法精製。精製方法如 ’矽膠柱色譜法、再結晶、以有機溶劑洗淨等,但就操作 簡便性、提高精製效率又以再結晶爲佳。再結晶所使用的 有機溶劑可爲,能將上述式(B)所表示的二胺再結晶之 有機溶劑,不限其種類,且可使用2種以上之混合溶劑進 行再結晶。 下面爲上述式(D)及(E)之二胺化合物的製造方法 ,但非限定於此。 上述式(D )及(E )之二胺化合物例如可以下述式( 53)之2_胺基-4-硝基苯胺及下述式(54)之胺基酸化合 物爲開始原料,經由下述式(vii )所表示的中間物製造。 下述式(54)之胺基酸化合物爲,胺基酸之胺基被Boc保 護的化合物。上述式(D)及(E)之二胺化合物可各自使 用甘胺酸及組胺酸之胺基被Boc基保護的胺基酸化合物製 造。又其他的胺基酸也可以相同的製造方法製造二胺化合 物。 [化 73] 201033249 [化 74] 9 R12 hch3 H〇J--NT^O八CH3(54)NH (B) The compound represented by the above formula (52) is dissolved in an organic solvent. The organic solvent to be used may be a known one, and is not limited to its kind, but in order to promote the reaction more efficiently, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, more preferably methanol, Ethanol. After dissolving the compound represented by the above formula (52) in an organic solvent, the inside of the reaction vessel is replaced with nitrogen, and then the catalyst is added, and the inside of the reaction vessel is replaced with hydrogen. The catalyst is, for example, palladium carbon, crude platinum -51 - 201033249 carbon, sodium oxide, etc., but the reaction efficiency is better as palladium carbon. The reaction mixture is stirred at 10 to rc, preferably 10 to 6 ° C for 15 to 72 hours, preferably 24 to 48 hours. After the reaction is completed, the catalyst is removed, and the organic solvent is distilled off to obtain the above formula (B). The diamine compound of the present invention represented by the present invention. When the obtained compound is not highly purified, polymerization cannot be carried out, and a polymer having a high molecular weight cannot be obtained. Therefore, it is preferably purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, a silica gel column chromatography. Recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc., but recrystallization is preferred in terms of ease of handling and purification efficiency. The organic solvent used for recrystallization can recrystallize the diamine represented by the above formula (B). The organic solvent is not limited to the type, and may be recrystallized by using two or more kinds of mixed solvents. The following are the methods for producing the diamine compound of the above formulas (D) and (E), but are not limited thereto. The diamine compound of D) and (E) can be, for example, 2-amino-4-nitroaniline of the following formula (53) and an amino acid compound of the following formula (54) as a starting material, via the following formula ( Vii) The intermediates are represented by the following formula ( The amino acid compound of 54) is a compound in which the amine group of the amino acid is protected by Boc. The diamine compounds of the above formulas (D) and (E) may each be a Boc group using an amine group of glycine and histidine. The protected amino acid compound is produced. Further, other amino acids can be produced by the same manufacturing method. [Chem. 73] 201033249 [Chem. 74] 9 R12 hch3 H〇J--NT^O八CH3(54)

Rl3HRl3H

[化 75][化75]

藉由上述式(53)之2-胺基-4-硝基苯胺與上述式( 54 )所表示的胺基酸化合物反應,可得下述式(55 )所表 示的化合物。By reacting 2-amino-4-nitroaniline of the above formula (53) with an amino acid compound represented by the above formula (54), a compound represented by the following formula (55) can be obtained.

2-胺基-4-硝基苯胺之1位的胺基會受存在於4位之硝 基的影響而降低親核性。因此優先使2位之胺基與胺基酸 201033249 化合物之竣酸反應,可製造上述式(55)所表示的化合物 。添加過量胺基酸化合物時’會與4位之胺基形成醯胺鍵 ’因此胺基酸化合物之添加量相對於2 -胺基-4 -硝基苯胺 較佳爲0.9至1.2倍莫耳。 上述式(55)所表示的化合物可藉由2_胺基-4_硝基 苯胺之2位的胺基與上述式(54)之胺基酸化合物的羧酸 之縮合反應製造。使胺基與羧酸適合可爲已知之方法,不 限其種類’但製造本發明之二胺化合物時較佳爲,使用混 參 合酸酐之方法或使用縮合劑之方法。 使用混合酸酐之方法如,存在鹼下,於有機溶劑中 以- 4〇°C至40°C ’較佳爲- 20°C至5°C使羧酸與酸鹵化物或 酸衍生物反應後’於有機溶劑中以-40。(:至40°C,較佳爲-20°C至5 °C使所得的混合酸酐與2-胺基-4-硝基苯胺反應。 反應用之有機溶劑可爲,能溶解上述式(54)所表示 的胺基酸化合物,但不會與反應用之各試劑反應之物,不 限其種類,但較佳爲脫水處理過之氯仿、二氯甲烷、四氫 ❹ 呋喃,就相對於胺基酸化合物之溶解性更佳爲四氫呋喃。 反應用之鹼較佳爲3級胺,更佳爲吡啶、三乙基胺、 二甲基胺基吡啶、N-甲基嗎啉。鹼之添加量太多時難去除 ,因此相對於2-胺基-4-硝基苯胺較佳爲2至4倍莫耳。 前述酸鹵化物及酸衍生物較佳爲三甲基乙醯氯化物、 對甲苯磺醯氯、甲磺醯氯化物、氯甲酸乙酯、氯甲酸異丁 酯。酸鹵化物及酸衍生物之添加量相對於2-胺基-4-硝基 苯胺較佳爲1 . 5至2倍莫耳。 -54- 201033249 使用縮合劑之方法爲,存在縮合劑、鹼及有機溶劑下 ,以〇°C至150°C,較佳爲0°C至loot:使2-胺基-4-硝基 苯胺與胺基酸化合物反應30分鐘至24小時,較佳爲3至 1 5小時製造。 前述縮合劑可使用三苯基亞磷酸酯、二環己基碳二醯 亞胺、1-乙基-3 - (3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽 、Ν,Ν’-碳醯二咪唑、二甲氧基-1,3,5-三嗪基甲基嗎啉鑰 _ 、〇-苯并三唑-1-基)-^?^,^^-四甲基脲鑰、四氟硼酸 鹽、Ο-苯并三唑-1-基)-Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四甲基脲鑰六氟磷酸 鹽、(2,3-二氫-2-硫代-3-苯并噁唑基)膦酸二苯酯等。縮 合劑之添加量相對於胺基酸化合物較佳爲2至3倍莫耳。 前述鹼可使用吡啶、三乙基胺等3級胺。鹼之添加量 太多時難去除,太少時會減少分子量,因此相對於2-胺 基-4-硝基苯胺較佳爲2至4倍莫耳。又上述使用縮合劑之 方法中,添加路易斯酸可有效率進行反應。路易斯酸較佳 φ 爲氯化鋰、溴化鋰等鹵化鋰。路易斯酸之添加量相對於2-胺基-4-硝基苯胺較佳爲0至1.0倍莫耳。 上述2種方法較佳爲,自所得的反應溶液去除析出物 後’加入酸性或鹼性水溶液及有機溶劑,再萃取去除酸鹵 化物或酸衍生物、縮合劑及鹼。酸性水溶液較佳爲鹽酸、 乙酸、甲酸或氯化銨之水溶液。鹼性水溶液較佳爲氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸氫鈉或碳酸鉀之水溶液。萃取用之有 機溶劑可爲加入反應溶液中不會析出內容物,且不會混合 水之物’不限其種類,但較佳爲乙酸乙酯、二氯甲烷、氯 -55- 201033249 仿、1,2-二氯乙烷。 以前述酸性水溶液或前述鹼性水溶液洗淨所得有機層 數次後’以乾燥劑乾燥。乾燥劑較佳爲硫酸鈉、硫酸鎂。 所得有機層之乾燥時間爲4至24小時,較佳爲12至24 小時。去除乾燥劑後自所得濾液餾去溶劑,可得前述式( 55)所表示的化合物。所得的化合物無需精製,可使用於 其次之反應,但以各種方法精製爲佳。精製方法如,矽膠 柱色譜法、再結晶、以有機溶劑洗淨等,但就操作簡便性 '提高精製效率又以再結晶爲佳。再結晶所使用的有機溶 劑可爲’能將前述式(55)所表示的化合物再結晶之有機 溶劑’不限其種類,且可使用2種以上之混合溶劑進行再 結晶。 上述式(55)所表示的化合物可藉由氫化反應,製造 下述式(56)所表示的二胺化合物。 [化 77]The amine group at the 1-position of 2-amino-4-nitroaniline is affected by the presence of a nitro group at the 4-position to lower the nucleophilicity. Therefore, the compound represented by the above formula (55) can be produced by preferentially reacting the amine group at the 2-position with the decanoic acid of the amino acid 201033249 compound. When an excess of the amino acid compound is added, 'the amine bond is formed with the amine group at the 4- position. Therefore, the amount of the amino acid compound added is preferably 0.9 to 1.2 times the molar amount relative to the 2-amino-4-nitroaniline. The compound represented by the above formula (55) can be produced by a condensation reaction of an amine group at the 2-position of 2-amino-4-nitroaniline with a carboxylic acid of the amino acid compound of the above formula (54). The method of preparing the amine group and the carboxylic acid may be a known method, and the type thereof is not limited. However, it is preferred to use a method of mixing a dianhydride or a method of using a condensing agent in the production of the diamine compound of the present invention. The method of using a mixed acid anhydride, for example, after reacting a carboxylic acid with an acid halide or an acid derivative in an organic solvent at -4 ° C to 40 ° C ', preferably - 20 ° C to 5 ° C in the presence of a base 'In the organic solvent to -40. (: to 40 ° C, preferably -20 ° C to 5 ° C, the resulting mixed acid anhydride is reacted with 2-amino-4-nitroaniline. The organic solvent for the reaction may be such that it can dissolve the above formula (54). The amino acid compound represented by the reaction, but not reacting with the respective reagents for the reaction, is not limited to the type, but is preferably dehydrated chloroform, dichloromethane or tetrahydrofurfuryl, relative to the amine. The solubility of the carboxylic acid compound is more preferably tetrahydrofuran. The base for the reaction is preferably a tertiary amine, more preferably pyridine, triethylamine, dimethylaminopyridine or N-methylmorpholine. When it is too much, it is difficult to remove, so it is preferably 2 to 4 times moles relative to 2-amino-4-nitroaniline. The acid halide and acid derivative are preferably trimethyl ethane chloride, p-toluene. Sulfonium chloride, methanesulfonium chloride, ethyl chloroformate, isobutyl chloroformate. The acid halide and the acid derivative are preferably added in an amount of 1.5 to 0.5% by weight based on 2-amino-4-nitroaniline. 2 times Mo. -54- 201033249 The method of using a condensing agent is, in the presence of a condensing agent, a base and an organic solvent, 〇 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to loot: 2 The amino-4-nitroaniline is reacted with the amino acid compound for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 15 hours. The above condensing agent may use triphenylphosphite, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. , 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, hydrazine, Ν'-carbon quinone diimidazole, dimethoxy-1,3,5-three Zinylmethylmorpholine _, 〇-benzotriazol-1-yl)-^?^,^^-tetramethylurea, tetrafluoroborate, Ο-benzotriazol-1-yl) -Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylurea key hexafluorophosphate, (2,3-dihydro-2-thio-3-benzoxazolyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl ester, and the like. The amount of the condensing agent added is preferably 2 to 3 times moles relative to the amino acid compound. As the base, a tertiary amine such as pyridine or triethylamine can be used. When the amount of the base added is too large, it is difficult to remove, and when it is too small, the molecular weight is lowered, so it is preferably 2 to 4 times moles relative to 2-amino-4-nitroaniline. Further, in the above method using a condensing agent, the Lewis acid can be added to carry out the reaction efficiently. Preferably, the Lewis acid is φ lithium halide such as lithium chloride or lithium bromide. The Lewis acid is preferably added in an amount of from 0 to 1.0 moles per mole of 2-amino-4-nitroaniline. Preferably, the above two methods are carried out by removing the precipitate from the obtained reaction solution, adding an acidic or basic aqueous solution and an organic solvent, and extracting and removing the acid halide or the acid derivative, the condensing agent and the base. The acidic aqueous solution is preferably an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, formic acid or ammonium chloride. The aqueous alkaline solution is preferably an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydrogencarbonate or potassium carbonate. The organic solvent for extraction may be one in which no content is precipitated in the reaction solution, and the water is not mixed, and is not limited to the type, but is preferably ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, chlorine-55-201033249, 1 , 2-dichloroethane. The obtained organic layer was washed several times with the above acidic aqueous solution or the above aqueous alkaline solution, and then dried with a drying agent. The desiccant is preferably sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. The drying time of the obtained organic layer is 4 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours. After the desiccant is removed, the solvent is distilled off from the obtained filtrate to obtain a compound represented by the above formula (55). The obtained compound can be used in the next reaction without purification, but it is preferably purified by various methods. The purification method is, for example, silica gel column chromatography, recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc., but the ease of operation is 'improving the purification efficiency and recrystallization. The organic solvent used for the recrystallization may be an organic solvent which is capable of recrystallizing the compound represented by the above formula (55), and may be recrystallized using a mixed solvent of two or more kinds. The compound represented by the above formula (55) can be produced by a hydrogenation reaction to produce a diamine compound represented by the following formula (56). [化77]

Rc3i^~Ri3NHH2N-^^-NH2 (56) 首先將前述式(55)所表示的化合物溶解於有機溶劑 中。所使用的有機溶劑可爲已知之物,不限其種類,但爲 了更有效率進行反應較佳爲甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、四氫呋 -56- 201033249 喃、1,4-二噁烷,更佳爲甲醇、乙醇。將上述式(55)所 表示的化合物溶解於有機溶劑後,以氮取代反應容器內部 後加入觸媒,再以氫取代反應容器內部。觸媒如,鈀碳、 粗鉑碳、氧化鉑等,但就反應效率較佳爲鈀碳。至100 °C下,較佳爲10至60°c下攪拌反應混合物15至72小時 ,較佳爲24至48小時。結束反應後去除觸媒,再餾去有 機溶劑,可得上述式(56)所表示的本發明之二胺化合物 φ 。所得的化合物非高純度時將無法進行聚合反應,而無法 得到高分子量之聚合物,因此較佳以各種方法精製。精製 方法如,矽膠柱色譜法、再結晶、以有機溶劑洗淨等,但 就操作簡便性、提高精製效率又以再結晶爲佳。再結晶所 使用的有機溶劑可爲,能將下述式(56)所表示的二胺再 結晶之有機溶劑,不限其種類,且可使用2種以上之混合 溶劑進行再結晶。 〇 c.[製造聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺] 本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺係使用,具有式 (1)所表示的取代基之二胺化合物及具有式(1)所表示 的取代基之四羧酸衍生物所成群中所選出的至少1種化合 物(以下亦稱爲特定單體)製造。更詳細爲,使用上述式 (19)至式(21)所表示的四羧酸衍生物及/或式(22) 所表示的二胺化合物製造。其中特定單體較佳爲,具有上 述式(1)所表示的取代基之二胺化合物。 製造本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺時,原料單 -57- 201033249 體可倂用特定單體以外之四羧酸衍生物(例如上述式(23 )至式(25)所表示的四羧酸衍生物)及/或特定單體以 外之一胺化合物(例如上述式(26)所表示的二胺化合物 )。此時原料單體中特定單體之使用量較佳爲2至1〇〇莫 耳%,又以2至6 0莫耳%爲佳’更佳爲2至5 0莫耳%,特 佳爲2至3 0莫耳%。 本發明中’原料單體係指製造本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅 物及聚醯亞胺用的四羧酸衍生物及二胺化合物。但本發明 所使用的四羧酸衍生物及/或二胺化合物係包含特定單體 cl.(製造聚醯胺酸) 聚醯亞胺先驅物的聚醯胺酸可自四羧酸二酐及二胺化 合物製造(下述式(viii )),該四羧酸二酐及/或二胺化 合物係含有特定單體。Rc3i^~Ri3NHH2N-^^-NH2 (56) First, the compound represented by the above formula (55) is dissolved in an organic solvent. The organic solvent to be used may be a known one, and is not limited to its kind, but in order to carry out the reaction more efficiently, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuro-56-201033249, and 1,4-dioxin are preferred. The alkane is more preferably methanol or ethanol. After dissolving the compound represented by the above formula (55) in an organic solvent, the inside of the reaction vessel is replaced with nitrogen, and then the catalyst is added, and the inside of the reaction vessel is replaced with hydrogen. The catalyst is, for example, palladium carbon, crude platinum carbon, platinum oxide or the like, but the reaction efficiency is preferably palladium carbon. The reaction mixture is stirred at 100 ° C, preferably 10 to 60 ° C, for 15 to 72 hours, preferably 24 to 48 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the catalyst is removed, and the organic solvent is distilled off to obtain the diamine compound φ of the present invention represented by the above formula (56). When the obtained compound is not highly purified, the polymerization reaction cannot be carried out, and a polymer having a high molecular weight cannot be obtained. Therefore, it is preferred to carry out purification by various methods. The purification method is, for example, tannin column chromatography, recrystallization, washing with an organic solvent, etc., but recrystallization is preferred in terms of ease of operation and improvement of purification efficiency. The organic solvent to be used for the recrystallization may be an organic solvent capable of recrystallizing the diamine represented by the following formula (56), and may be recrystallized using two or more kinds of mixed solvents. 〇c. [Production of Polyimine Precursor and Polyimine] The polyamine imide precursor of the present invention and a polyimide, a diamine compound having a substituent represented by the formula (1) and having At least one compound (hereinafter also referred to as a specific monomer) selected from the group consisting of the substituent tetracarboxylic acid derivatives represented by the formula (1) is produced. More specifically, it is produced by using the tetracarboxylic acid derivative represented by the above formula (19) to formula (21) and/or the diamine compound represented by the formula (22). Among them, the specific monomer is preferably a diamine compound having a substituent represented by the above formula (1). When the polyimine precursor of the present invention and the polyimine are produced, the raw material mono-57-201033249 can be used as a tetracarboxylic acid derivative other than the specific monomer (for example, the above formula (23) to formula (25) The tetracarboxylic acid derivative shown) and/or one of the amine compounds other than the specific monomer (for example, the diamine compound represented by the above formula (26)). At this time, the specific monomer used in the raw material monomer is preferably used in an amount of 2 to 1 mol%, and more preferably 2 to 60 mol%, more preferably 2 to 50 mol%, particularly preferably 2 to 30% of the mole. In the present invention, the raw material single system refers to a polycarboxylic acid imide precursor of the present invention and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative and a diamine compound for polyimine. However, the tetracarboxylic acid derivative and/or diamine compound used in the present invention comprises a specific monomer cl. (manufacturing polyglycine). The polyamine acid precursor of the polyimide precursor can be derived from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and The diamine compound is produced (the following formula (viii)), and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and/or the diamine compound contains a specific monomer.

[化 78][化78]

COOH I ,一HNOC——X—CONHY—- I L COOH 」n (viii) 製造聚醯亞胺先驅物時,四羧酸二酐及二胺化合物較 佳於存在有機溶劑下,以-20°C至140°C,較佳爲〇°C至50 °C反應30分鐘至24小時,較佳爲1至12小時而得。製 造上述式(viii )之聚醯胺酸所使用的溶劑,就單體及聚 -58- 201033249 合物之溶解性較佳爲N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯 烷酮、γ-丁內酯,又此等可1種或2種以上混合使用。製 造時濃度太高時易析出聚合物,太低時無法提升分子量, 因此四羧酸二酐及二胺化合物之反應液中的合計量較佳爲 1至3 0質量%,更佳爲5至20質量%。 上述所得的聚醯胺酸可以其反應溶液作爲本發明之液 晶配向劑用,但液晶配向劑中不含聚合用之溶劑時等,可 φ 以固體回收聚合物,再作爲本發明之聚醯胺酸用。 聚合物可藉由充分攪拌反應溶液的同時注入弱溶劑, 以析出聚合物而回收。進行數次析出後以弱溶劑洗淨,再 以常溫或加熱乾燥,可得精製的聚胺基酸粉末。 前述弱溶劑並無特別限定,可爲水、甲醇、乙醇、己 烷、丁基溶纖劑、丙酮、甲苯等。 c2.(製造聚醯胺酸酯) φ 聚醯胺酸酯可藉由已知之製造方法製造,具體例如下 述(a )至(c)之方法,但非限於此。 (a)自聚醯胺酸製造聚醯胺酸酯時 [化 79] 「 COOH • COOR3 &quot; | -HNOC—X一CONH-Ύ— 一 -— | -HNOC—X—CONH-Y— -(ix) 1 L COOH 」 η | - COOR3 - η -59- 201033249 本發明之聚醯胺酸酯可自,將上述本發明之聚醯胺酸 酯化而得(上述式(ix))。具體上可自,存在有機溶劑 下以-20°c至140°c,較佳以〇°C至50°c使聚醯胺酸及酯化 劑反應3 0分鐘至24小時,較佳爲1至4小時而得。 前述酯化劑較佳爲,易藉由精製而去除之物,例如 Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺二甲基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基 縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二丙基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 新戊基丁基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二-t-丁基縮醛、1-甲 基-3-P-甲苯基三氮烯、i•乙基-3-P-甲苯基三氮烯、卜丙 基-3-p_甲苯基三氮烯等。酯化劑之添加量相對於聚胺基酸 之重覆單位1莫耳較佳爲2至6莫耳當量。 製造上述式(ix)之聚醯胺酸酯用的溶劑,就單體及 聚合物之溶解性較佳爲N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡 咯烷嗣、7-丁內酯,此等可1種或2種以上混合使用。 製造時之濃度太高時易析出聚合物,太低時無法提升分子 量,因此聚醯胺酸及酯化劑之反應液中的合計量較佳爲1 至3 0質量%,更佳爲5至2 0質量。/〇。 (b)製造自酸氯化物及二胺化合物形成的聚醯胺酸酯時 [化 80]COOH I , a HNOC - X - CONHY - IL COOH "n (viii) When producing a polyimide precursor, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound are preferably present in an organic solvent at -20 ° C The reaction is carried out at 140 ° C, preferably at 〇 ° C to 50 ° C for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 12 hours. The solvent used for the production of the polylysine of the above formula (viii) is preferably N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methyl-2 in terms of solubility of the monomer and poly-58-201033249. - Pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, and the like may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the concentration is too high, the polymer is easily precipitated, and when the concentration is too low, the molecular weight cannot be increased. Therefore, the total amount of the reaction solution of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 20% by mass. The polylysine obtained as described above may be used as a liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, but when the liquid crystal alignment agent does not contain a solvent for polymerization, the polymer may be recovered as a solid, and then used as the polyamine of the present invention. For acid use. The polymer can be recovered by injecting a weak solvent while sufficiently stirring the reaction solution to precipitate a polymer. After several times of precipitation, it is washed with a weak solvent, and then dried at room temperature or by heating to obtain a purified polyamino acid powder. The weak solvent is not particularly limited, and may be water, methanol, ethanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene or the like. C2. (Manufacture of Polyurethane) φ Polyurethane can be produced by a known production method, specifically, for example, the methods (a) to (c) below, but are not limited thereto. (a) When polyurethane is produced from polylysine [Chem. 79] "COOH • COOR3 &quot; | -HNOC-X-CONH-Ύ-一-- | -HNOC-X-CONH-Y--( Ix) 1 L COOH η | - COOR3 - η -59- 201033249 The polyperurethane of the present invention can be obtained by esterifying the above polyamine of the present invention (formula (ix) above). Specifically, the polyglycolic acid and the esterifying agent are reacted for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 hour, in an organic solvent at -20 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably at 〇 ° C to 50 ° C. It will take 4 hours. The esterifying agent is preferably one which is easily removed by purification, such as hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide neopentyl butyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide di-t-butyl Acetal, 1-methyl-3-P-tolyltriazene, i•ethyl-3-P-tolyltriazene, propyl-3-p-tolyltriazene, and the like. The amount of the esterifying agent to be added is preferably from 2 to 6 mol equivalents per 1 mol of the repeating unit of the polyamino acid. The solvent for the polyphthalate of the above formula (ix) is preferably N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinium, and the solubility of the monomer and the polymer. 7-butyrolactone may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the concentration at the time of manufacture is too high, the polymer is easily precipitated, and when the concentration is too low, the molecular weight cannot be increased. Therefore, the total amount in the reaction liquid of the polyamic acid and the esterifying agent is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 20 0 quality. /〇. (b) When a polyglycolate formed from an acid chloride or a diamine compound is produced [Chem. 80]

201033249 聚醯胺酸酯可自酸氯化物及二胺化合物製造(上述式 (X))。本發明之酸氯化物及/或二胺化合物係包含特定 單體。 具體上可自,存在鹼及有機溶劑下以-20°c至140°c, 較佳以〇°C至50°C使酸氯化物及二胺化合物反應30分鐘 至24小時,較佳爲1至4小時而得。前述鹼可使用吡啶 、三乙基胺、4-二甲基胺基吡啶,但爲了安穩進行反應較 φ 佳爲吡啶。鹼之添加量太多時將難去除,太少時會降低分 子量,因此相對於酸氯化物較佳爲2至4倍莫耳。 製造上述式(X)之聚醯胺酸酯用的溶劑,就單體及 聚合物之溶解性較佳爲N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、7 -丁內酯, 此等可1種或2種以上混合使用。製造時之濃度太高時易 析出聚合物,太低時無法提升分子量,因此酸氯化物及二 胺化合物之反應液中的合計量較佳爲1至30質量%,更佳 爲5至20質量%。又爲了防止酸氯化物之加水分解,製造 ❹ 聚醯胺酸酯用之溶劑盡可能以脫水爲佳,又於氮環境中防 止外氣混入爲佳。 (c)自二烷酯二羧酸及二胺化合物形成的聚醯胺酸酯時 [化 81] U U HO—^ /L〇R3 r3o201033249 Polyamphanes can be produced from acid chlorides and diamine compounds (Formula (X) above). The acid chloride and/or diamine compound of the present invention contains a specific monomer. Specifically, the acid chloride and the diamine compound are reacted in an amount of from -20 ° C to 140 ° C in an alkali and an organic solvent, preferably from 〇 ° C to 50 ° C for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 It will take 4 hours. As the base, pyridine, triethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine can be used, but in order to stabilize the reaction, φ is preferably pyridine. When the amount of the base added is too large, it is difficult to remove, and when it is too small, the amount of the molecule is lowered, so that it is preferably 2 to 4 times moles relative to the acid chloride. The solvent for the polyglycolate of the above formula (X) is preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or 7-butyrolactone in terms of solubility of the monomer and the polymer, and the like may be one or two. More than one kind of mixture is used. When the concentration at the time of manufacture is too high, the polymer is easily precipitated, and when the concentration is too low, the molecular weight cannot be increased. Therefore, the total amount in the reaction liquid of the acid chloride and the diamine compound is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 20% by mass. %. Further, in order to prevent the hydrolysis of the acid chloride, the solvent for producing the phthalocyanine ester is preferably dehydrated as much as possible, and it is preferable to prevent the outside air from being mixed in the nitrogen atmosphere. (c) Polyurethane ester formed from dialkyl ester dicarboxylic acid and diamine compound [U.S.] U U HO-^ /L〇R3 r3o

Η〗Ν—Υ——ΝΗ2 ο ο COOR3 -HNOC—i—CONHY—- (xi) I 3 L COOR3 Jn -61 - 201033249 聚醯胺酸酯可藉由縮合劑縮合二烷酯二羧酸及二胺化 合物而得(上述式(xi))。本發明中,二烷酯二殘酸及/ 或二胺化合物係包含特定單體。 具體上可自,存在縮合劑、鹼及有機溶劑下以至 140°C,較佳以〇°C至l〇〇°C使二烷酯二羧酸及二胺化合物 反應3 0分鐘至24小時,較佳爲3至1 5小時而得。 前述縮合劑可使用三苯基亞磷酸酯、二環己基碳二醯 亞胺、1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽 參 、Ν,Ν’-碳醯二咪唑、二甲氧基-1,3,5-三嗪基甲基嗎啉鑰 、〇-(苯并三唑-1-基)-扎比:^’,:^-四甲基脲鑰、四氟硼 酸鹽、0-(苯并三唑-1-基)-Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四甲基脲鑰六氟 磷酸鹽、(2,3-二氫-2-硫代-3-苯并噁唑基)膦酸二苯酯等 。縮合劑之添加量相對於二烷酯二羧酸較佳爲2至3倍莫 耳。 前述鹼可使用吡啶、三乙基胺等3級胺。鹼之添加量 太多時將難去除,太少時會降低分子量,因此相對於二胺 ❹ 成份較佳爲2至4倍莫耳。 又,上述反應添加路易斯酸時可有效率進行反應。路 易斯酸較佳爲氯化鋰、溴化鋰。路易斯酸之添加量相對於 二胺成份較佳爲〇至1.0倍莫耳。 上述3種聚醯胺酸酯之製造方法中,爲了得到高分子 量之聚醯胺酸酯特佳爲(a)及(b)的製造法。 由上述而得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液,可藉由充分攪拌的同 時注入弱溶劑而析出聚合物。進行數次析出後以弱溶劑洗 201033249 淨,再以常溫或加熱乾燥,可得精製的聚醯 前述弱溶劑並無特別限定,可爲水、甲 烷、丁基溶纖劑、丙酮、甲苯等。 c3 _ [分子量] 就控制分子量之觀點,聚合反應用之二 酸衍生物(四羧酸二酐、酸氯化物及二烷酯 • 率較佳爲,莫耳比爲1:0.7至1: 1.2。該寞 1時會增加所得聚醯亞胺先驅物之分子量。 驅物之分子量會影響樹脂黏度、聚醯亞胺膜 當聚醯亞胺先驅物之分子量太大時會使樹脂 塗膜均勻性變差,分子量太小時所得聚醯亞 不足。因此本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物組成物 胺酸酯之分子量較佳爲,重量平均分子| 500,000,又以5,000至300,000爲佳,更隹 ❹ 100,000 。 d.[製造聚醯亞胺] 本發明之聚醯亞胺可藉由,將前述聚醯 亞胺化而得。自聚醯亞胺先驅物製造聚醯亞 加入自二胺成份與四羧酸二酐反應而得的前 液’可簡便進行化學醯亞胺化。化學性醯亞 之溫度進行醯亞胺化反應,且醯亞胺化之過 合物的分子量而爲佳。 胺酸酯粉末。 醇、乙醇、己 胺成份與四羧 二羧酸)的比 耳比近似1 : 又聚醯亞胺先 之物理強度, 塗佈作業性及 胺膜之強度將 所使用的聚醯 t爲 2,000至 !爲 10,000 至 亞胺先驅物醯 胺時,將觸媒 述聚醯胺酸溶 胺化可以較低 程不易降低聚 -63- 201033249 化學性醯亞胺化可藉由,有機溶劑中存在鹼性觸媒及 酸酐下攪拌欲醯亞胺化之聚合物的方式進行。有機溶劑可 使用前述聚合反應時所使用的溶劑。鹼性觸媒如,吡啶、 三乙基胺、三甲基胺、三丁基胺、三辛基胺等。其中吡啶 因持有進行反應時適度之鹼性而爲佳。又酸酐如,乙酸酐 、偏苯三酸酐、均苯四酸酐等,其中使用乙酸酐時結束反 應後易精製而爲佳。 進行醯亞胺化反應時之溫度爲-20°C至140°C,較佳爲 _ 〇°C至100°c,反應時間可爲1至100小時。鹼性觸媒量爲 胺基酸基之0.5至30莫耳倍,較佳爲2至20莫耳倍,酸 酐量爲醯胺酸基之1至50莫耳倍,較佳爲3至30莫耳倍 。所得聚合物之醯亞胺化率可藉由調節觸媒量、溫度、反 應時間而控制。醯亞胺化反應後之溶液會殘存在所添加的 觸媒等,因此較佳爲藉由下述方法回收所得的醯亞胺化聚 合物後,以有機溶劑再溶解作爲本發明的液晶配向劑用。 將上述所得的聚醯亞胺溶液充分攪拌的同時注入弱溶 Q 劑,可析出聚合物。進行數次析出後以弱溶劑洗淨,再以 常溫或加熱乾燥,可得精製的聚醯胺酸酯粉末。 前述弱溶劑並無特別限定,可爲甲醇、丙酮、己烷、 丁基溶纖劑、庚烷、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醇、 甲苯、苯等。 e ·[液晶配向劑] 本發明之液晶配向劑爲,將上述所得的聚醯亞胺先驅 -64- 201033249 物或聚醯亞胺均勻溶解於有機溶劑而得的液晶配向劑形成 用塗佈液。 el·[溶劑] 本發明之液晶配向劑所使用的溶劑如,可溶解聚醯亞 胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺之溶劑(以下稱爲良好溶劑),及可 提升將液晶配向劑塗佈於基板時之塗膜均勻性的溶劑(以 ❹ 下稱爲弱溶劑)2種。良好溶劑可爲,能溶解聚醯亞胺先 驅物或聚醯亞胺之物,並無特別限定。其具體例如,N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、 N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N -乙基-2-吡咯烷酮、N -甲基己內醯 胺、2-吡咯烷酮、N-乙基吡咯烷酮、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、 二甲基亞楓、二甲基颯、六甲基亞颯、γ-丁內酯、1,3-二 甲基-咪唑啉酮、3-甲氧基-Ν,Ν-二甲基丙烷醯胺等。此等 可1種或2種以上混合使用。又既使單獨使用時不會溶解 ❹聚合 物之溶劑,於不析出聚合物之範圍內也可混合使用。 弱溶劑可爲,能以低表面張力提升塗膜均勻性之物, 並無特別限定。其具體例如,乙基溶纖劑、丁基溶纖劑、 乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、乙二醇、 1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基_2·丙醇、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、 1-苯氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇-乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙 二醇-1-單甲醚-2-乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單乙醚-2-乙酸酯、二 丙二醇、2- (2 -乙氧基丙氧基)丙醇、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙 酯、乳酸η-丙酯、乳酸η-丁酯、乳酸異戊酯等。此等溶劑 -65- 201033249 可2種以上倂用。 [矽烷偶合劑] 砂院偶合劑爲’分子中具有可化學鍵結有機材料之有 機官能基,及對無機材料具有反應性之加水分解基雙方的 有機矽化合物’其構造一般如下述式(57)所表示。 [化 82] 參 Q—Rl4-SiR3-nWn (57) 式(57)中’ Q爲有機官能基,r14爲2價之有機基 ’ R爲烷基’ W爲ORls所表示的烷氧基(其中r15爲烷基 ),η爲1至3之整數。 添加矽烷偶合劑之目的爲,提升電子裝置之基板用的 各種無機材料與聚合物之密合性。矽烷偶合劑爲,可藉由 加熱加水分解基用之烷氧矽烷而加水分解形成矽烷醇後, @ 再與存在基板表面之極性基形成氫鍵或共鍵而賦予密合性 〇 本發明所使用的矽烷偶合劑之具體例如下所述,但非 限定於此。 3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3- (2-胺基乙基)胺基丙 基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基甲基二甲氧 基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯基胺基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N- ( 1,3-二甲基-亞丁基) -66 - 201033249 丙基胺、3-胺基丙基二乙氧基甲基矽烷等胺系矽烷偶 ;乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯 (2-甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷 烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、乙烯基三異丙氧基矽烷、烯丙 甲氧基矽烷、P-苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷等乙烯基系矽 合劑;3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧 基三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 φ 3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧 基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷等環氧系矽烷偶合劑;3 -甲基 氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯氧基丙基三 基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等甲基丙烯基系矽烷偶合 3 -丙烯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等丙烯基系矽烷偶合劑 脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等脲基系矽烷偶合劑:雙(3-乙氧基矽烷基)丙基)二硫化物、雙(3-(三乙氧基 〇 基)丙基)四硫化物等硫化物系矽烷偶合劑;3-锍基 甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-辛 基-1-丙基三乙氧基矽烷等锍基系矽烷偶合劑;3-異氰 丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三甲氧基矽烷等 酸酯系矽烷偶合劑;三乙氧基矽烷基丁基醛等醛系矽 合劑;三乙氧基矽烷基丙基甲基胺基甲酸酯、(3-三 基矽烷基丙基)-t-丁基胺基甲酸酯等胺基甲酸酯系矽 合劑等。 矽烷偶合劑可藉由有機官能基Q鍵結聚合物中之 合劑 基三 、乙 基三 院偶 基丙 院、 環己 丙烯 甲氧 甲基 劑; ;3-(三 矽烷 丙基 醯硫 酸酯 異氰 烷偶 乙氧 烷偶 官能 -67- 201033249 基而導入聚合物中,而進一步發揮其效果。因此矽烷偶合 劑較佳以所使用的聚醢亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺之組成區分 使用。 將聚醯亞胺膜使用於液晶顯示元件等電子裝置時,無 損其特性下,爲了提升密合性又以聚合物末端導入矽烷偶 合劑爲佳。聚醯亞胺先驅物及其醯亞胺化聚合物之聚醯亞 胺可藉由,調節四羧酸二酐、酸氯化物及二烷酯二羧酸等 四羧酸衍生物與二胺化合物的莫耳比,使聚合物末端之官 能基爲胺、羧酸或酯。因此又以對此等官能基具有較高反 應性的環氧系矽烷偶合劑、異氰酸酯系矽烷偶合劑、醛系 矽烷偶合劑、胺基甲酸酯系矽烷偶合劑、胺系矽烷偶合劑 爲佳,就反應性觀點特佳爲胺系矽烷偶合劑及環氧系矽烷 偶合劑。 又,藉由已知之官能性化合物修飾聚合物末端,可將 任意之官能基導入聚合物。此時又以添加具有能與導入之 官能基反應的有機官能基Q之矽烷偶合劑爲佳。 添加前述偶合劑時可於添加偶合劑後,藉由加熱而與 聚合物反應以提升密合性。添加偶合劑後可以20至80°C ,較佳以40至60°C反應1至24小時。 e3.[其他添加劑] 本發明之液晶配向劑可另使用交聯劑等各種添加劑。 又本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物或聚醯亞胺組成物所含的聚合 物可爲2種以上。 -68- 201033249 e4.[聚合物濃度] 本發明之液晶配向劑的聚合物濃度可依,設定所欲形 成之聚醯亞胺膜的膜厚適當變更,但較佳爲1至10質量% ’更佳爲2至8質量%。未達1質量%時將難形成均勻無 缺陷之塗膜,多於10質量%時會使溶液之保存安定性變差 f.[液晶配向劑之製造方法] 本發明之液晶配向劑可以下述方法製造。 所使用的聚合物爲粉末時,係溶解於前述溶劑形成聚 合物溶液。此時聚合物濃度較佳爲10至30質量%,特佳 爲10至15質量%。又溶解聚合物粉末時可加熱。加熱溫 度較佳爲20至140 °C,特佳爲20至80 °C。 將前述溶劑及前述提升塗膜均勻性用之溶劑加入聚合 Φ 物之反應溶液’或將聚合物再溶解而得的聚合物溶液後, 稀釋爲一定的聚合物濃度’可得本發明之液晶配向劑。添 加矽烷偶合劑時爲了防止析出聚合物,較佳於加入前述提 升塗膜均勻性用的溶劑之前加入。 矽烷偶合劑之添加量太多時未反應之物對液晶配向性 有不良影響,太少時對密合性將無效果,因此相對於聚合 物粉末較佳爲0·01至5.0質量%,更佳爲ο.!至1.0質量% -69- 201033249 g.[液晶配向膜] 本發明之液晶配向膜可自下述而得。即,本發明之液 晶配向劑較佳於過濾後塗佈於基板上,再乾燥、焙燒形成 塗膜。塗佈本發明之液晶配向劑用的基板可爲,透明性較 高之基板無特別限定,可使用玻璃基板、氮化矽基板、丙 烯酸基板及聚碳酸酯基板等塑料基板等,就步驟簡單化之 觀點較佳爲使用形成液晶驅動用之ITO電極的基板。又反 射型之液晶顯示元件中僅使用單側基板時,可使用矽回路 板等不透明之物,此時之電極可使用鋁等能反射光的材料 〇 本發明之液晶配向劑的塗佈方法如,旋塗法、印刷法 、噴墨法等。塗佈本發明之液晶配向劑後,較佳爲進行乾 燥、焙燒。爲了充分去除液晶配向劑所含的有機溶劑,較 佳以50至120°C乾燥1至1〇分鐘。其次較佳以150至 3〇〇°C,更佳以150至250°C焙燒。焙燒時間會因焙燒溫度 而異,但較佳爲進行5至120分鐘,更佳爲5至60分鐘 〇 本發明之液晶配向劑於上述塗佈膜的焙燒過程中將如 前述般,可藉由150°C以上之溫度加熱聚醯亞胺先驅物或 其醯亞胺化聚合物所具有的被Boc基保護之1級或2級脂 肪族胺基,脫離Boc基而生成脫離被Boc基保護之反應性 的1級或2級脂肪族胺基。所生成的1級或2級脂肪族胺 基會與存在於聚醯亞胺先驅物或其醯亞胺化聚合物的官能 基反應,而形成分子間交聯,又經由該交聯反應,本發明 -70- 201033249 所得的液晶配向膜可得提升機械強度、實施摩擦時不會發 生膜剝離或傷痕之聚醯亞胺膜。 本發明之液晶配向膜的厚度無特別限定,但太薄時會 降低液晶顯示元件之信賴性,因此需爲5至300nm,較佳 爲10至200nm。藉由摩擦該塗膜面等之配向處理,可作 爲液晶配向膜用。 配向處理本發明之液晶配向膜的方法如,摩擦法、光 φ 配向處理法等。 光配向處理法之具體例如,以一定方向將偏光之放射 線照射於前述塗膜表面上,再依情況以150至250°C進行 加熱處理,而賦予液晶配向能之方法。放射線可使用具有 100至8 OOnm波長之紫外線及可視光線。其中較佳爲具有 100至4〇Onm波長之紫外線,特佳爲具有200至400nm波 長之紫外線。又爲了改善液晶配向性,可以50至250 °C加 熱塗膜基板,及照射放射線。前述放射線之照射量較佳爲 參 1 至 10,000mj/cm2,特佳爲 100 至 5,000mJ/cm2。 【實施方式】 下面將舉實施例更詳細說明本發明,但本發明非限定 於此等。 [實施例] 下面爲本實施例及比較例所使用的化合物之代號及構 造。 -71 - 201033249 CBDA :環丁烷四羧酸二酐 1,3 DMCBDE-C1:二甲基 1,3-雙(氯羰基)-1,3-二 甲基環丁烷-2,4-二羧酸酯 p_PDA : p-伸苯基二胺 DA-A :上述式(A )之二胺 DA-B :上述式(B )之二胺 DA-D :上述式(D )之二胺 DA-E ··上述式(E )之二胺 DA-F :上述式(F )之二胺 DA-H:上述式(H)之二胺 [化 83]Η〗 Ν Υ Υ ΝΗ 2 ο ο COOR3 -HNOC—i—CONHY—(xi) I 3 L COOR3 Jn -61 - 201033249 Polyphthalate can condense dialkyl ester dicarboxylic acid and condensate by condensing agent The amine compound is obtained (the above formula (xi)). In the present invention, the dialkyl ester dissid acid and/or the diamine compound contains a specific monomer. Specifically, the dialkyl ester dicarboxylic acid and the diamine compound are reacted for 30 minutes to 24 hours in the presence of a condensing agent, a base and an organic solvent to 140 ° C, preferably 〇 ° C to 10 ° C. It is preferably from 3 to 15 hours. As the condensing agent, triphenyl phosphite, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride can be used. ,Ν'-Carbonium diimidazole, dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazinylmethylmorpholine, 〇-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-zabi: ^',:^ -tetramethylurea, tetrafluoroborate, 0-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-indole, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate, (2,3- Diphenyl 2-dihydro-2-thio-3-benzoxazolyl)phosphonate and the like. The amount of the condensing agent added is preferably 2 to 3 moles per mole of the dialkyl ester dicarboxylic acid. As the base, a tertiary amine such as pyridine or triethylamine can be used. When the amount of the base added is too large, it is difficult to remove, and when it is too small, the molecular weight is lowered, so that it is preferably 2 to 4 times moles relative to the diamine oxime component. Further, when the Lewis acid is added to the above reaction, the reaction can be carried out efficiently. The Lewis acid is preferably lithium chloride or lithium bromide. The Lewis acid is preferably added in an amount of from 1.0 to 2 moles per mole of the diamine component. In the method for producing the above three kinds of polyphthalate, a production method of (a) and (b) is particularly preferable in order to obtain a high molecular weight polyglycolate. From the polyphthalate solution obtained above, the polymer can be precipitated by injecting a weak solvent while stirring well. After several times of precipitation, it is washed with a weak solvent, and the mixture is dried at room temperature or by heating to obtain a purified polyfluorene. The weak solvent is not particularly limited, and may be water, methane, butyl cellosolve, acetone or toluene. C3 _ [Molecular weight] From the viewpoint of controlling the molecular weight, the diacid derivative (tetracarboxylic dianhydride, acid chloride and dialkyl ester) is preferably used in the polymerization, and the molar ratio is 1:0.7 to 1:1.2. The molecular weight of the obtained polyimide precursor will increase. The molecular weight of the precursor will affect the viscosity of the resin, and the polyimine film will cause uniformity of the resin coating when the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is too large. The molecular weight is too small, and the obtained polypyrene is insufficient. Therefore, the molecular weight of the polyamidiamine precursor composition of the present invention is preferably a molecular weight of 500,000, preferably 5,000 to 300,000, more preferably 100.000. d. [Production of Polyimine] The polyimine of the present invention can be obtained by imidating the above polybenzazole. The polyethylenimine precursor is produced from the polyamidiene precursor and added from the diamine component and the fourth The pre-liquid obtained by the reaction of the carboxylic acid dianhydride can be easily subjected to chemical ruthenium iodization. The temperature of the chemical hydrazine is subjected to hydrazine imidization reaction, and the molecular weight of the ruthenium iodide is preferred. Ester powder. Ratio of alcohol, ethanol, hexylamine component to tetracarboxylic dicarboxylic acid) The ear ratio is approximately 1: the physical strength of the polyimide, the coating workability and the strength of the amine film will be 2,000 Å to 10,000 Å to the imine precursor amide, the catalyst will be described. Polyammonium acid amination can not be lowered in the lower stage. Poly-63- 201033249 Chemical hydrazine imidation can be carried out by stirring the imidized imidized polymer in the presence of a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride in an organic solvent. get on. As the organic solvent, the solvent used in the above polymerization reaction can be used. Basic catalysts such as pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Among them, pyridine is preferred because it has a moderate alkalinity in carrying out the reaction. Further, an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride or the like is preferable, and in the case of using acetic anhydride, it is preferred to carry out the reaction after completion of the reaction. The temperature at which the oxime imidization reaction is carried out is -20 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably _ 〇 ° C to 100 ° C, and the reaction time may be from 1 to 100 hours. The amount of the alkaline catalyst is 0.5 to 30 moles, preferably 2 to 20 moles, of the amino acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 moles, preferably 3 to 30 moles of the amidate group. Ear times. The ruthenium imidation ratio of the obtained polymer can be controlled by adjusting the amount of the catalyst, the temperature, and the reaction time. The solution after the imidization reaction may remain in the added catalyst or the like. Therefore, it is preferred to recover the obtained quinone imidized polymer by the following method, and then re-dissolve as an organic liquid solvent as the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. use. The polymer obtained by precipitating the polyimine solution obtained above while injecting a weakly soluble Q agent can precipitate the polymer. After several times of precipitation, it is washed with a weak solvent, and then dried at room temperature or by heating to obtain a purified polyphthalate powder. The weak solvent is not particularly limited, and may be methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene or the like. e. [Liquid crystal alignment agent] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent-forming coating liquid obtained by uniformly dissolving the above-mentioned polyimine precursor-64-201033249 or polyimine in an organic solvent. . El·[Solvent] The solvent used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is, for example, a solvent capable of dissolving a polyimine precursor or a polyimide, (hereinafter referred to as a good solvent), and an application of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the liquid crystal alignment agent There are two kinds of solvents (hereinafter referred to as weak solvents) for uniformity of coating film at the time of substrate. The good solvent may be one which is capable of dissolving a polyimine precursor or a polyimine, and is not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-diethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl -2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethyl hydrazine, hexamethylarylene, γ-butyl Lactone, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-indole, hydrazine-dimethylpropane decylamine, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, even if it is used alone, the solvent of the ruthenium polymer is not dissolved, and it may be used in combination within the range in which the polymer is not precipitated. The weak solvent may be one which can improve the uniformity of the coating film with a low surface tension, and is not particularly limited. Specific examples thereof include ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol-acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-single Methyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2-(2-ethoxypropoxy)propanol, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, lactate η -propyl ester, η-butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, and the like. These solvents -65- 201033249 can be used in two or more types. [Chane coupling agent] The sand compound coupling agent is an organic hydrazine compound having both an organic functional group capable of chemically bonding an organic material in a molecule and a hydrolyzable group reactive with an inorganic material, and its structure is generally as shown in the following formula (57). Expressed. Q-Rl4-SiR3-nWn (57) In the formula (57), 'Q is an organic functional group, r14 is a divalent organic group 'R is an alkyl group', and W is an alkoxy group represented by ORls ( Wherein r15 is an alkyl group), and η is an integer of from 1 to 3. The purpose of adding a decane coupling agent is to improve the adhesion of various inorganic materials and polymers for the substrate of the electronic device. The decane coupling agent can be hydrolyzed to form a stanol by heating and hydrolyzing alkoxysilane for a water-decomposing group, and then hydrogen bonding or co-bonding with a polar group existing on the surface of the substrate to impart adhesion 〇 is used in the present invention. Specific examples of the decane coupling agent are as follows, but are not limited thereto. 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Baseline, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-phenylaminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-triethoxydecyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene) -66 - 201033249 Amine-based decane, such as propylamine, 3-aminopropyldiethoxymethyldecane; vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxydecane, ethylene (2-methoxyB) Ethylene such as oxy)decane, vinylmethyldimethoxynonenyltriethoxymethoxydecane, vinyltriisopropoxydecane, allylmethoxydecane, P-styryltrimethoxydecane Base chelating agent; 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxytriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxyfluorene φ 3 - epoxy decane coupling agent such as glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane or 2-(3,4-epoxy)ethyltrimethoxydecane; 3-methyloxypropyl A Dimethoxy decane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triyl decane, 3- Propenyl decane such as methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, etc., such as methacrylyl decane coupling 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane Urea-based decane coupling agent such as ureidopropyl triethoxy decane: bis(3-ethoxydecyl)propyl)disulfide, bis(3-(triethoxyindenyl)propyl Sulfide-based decane coupling agent such as tetrasulfide; 3-mercaptomethyldimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-octyl-1-propyltriethoxydecane, etc. a decane coupling agent; an ester-type decane coupling agent such as 3-isocyanopropyltriethoxy decane or 3-isocyanate propyltrimethoxy decane; or an aldehyde chelating agent such as triethoxy decyl butyl aldehyde; A urethane-based chelating agent such as triethoxysulfonylpropylmethylaminoformate or (3-trimethyldecylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate. The decane coupling agent can be bonded to the polymer base 3 in the organic functional group Q, ethyl ethene propyl group, cyclohexyl propylene methoxymethyl agent; 3-(trioxanepropyl sulfonate) The cyanoalkyl acetosiloxane oxime functional group -67-201033249 is introduced into the polymer to further exert its effect. Therefore, the decane coupling agent is preferably used in the composition of the polyimine precursor or polyimine used. When the polyimide film is used in an electronic device such as a liquid crystal display device, it is preferable to introduce a decane coupling agent at the end of the polymer in order to improve the adhesion, and the polyimide and the quinone imine. The polyimine of the polymer can adjust the molar ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as tetracarboxylic dianhydride, acid chloride and dialkyl ester dicarboxylic acid to the diamine compound to make the polymer terminal functional The base is an amine, a carboxylic acid or an ester. Therefore, an epoxy decane coupling agent having a higher reactivity with respect to such a functional group, an isocyanate decane coupling agent, an aldehyde decane coupling agent, an urethane decane coupling Mixture, amine decane coupling agent Preferably, the amine decane coupling agent and the epoxy decane coupling agent are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity. Further, by modifying the polymer terminal by a known functional compound, any functional group can be introduced into the polymer. It is preferred to add a decane coupling agent having an organic functional group Q reactive with the introduced functional group. When the coupling agent is added, the coupling agent may be added to react with the polymer by heating to enhance the adhesion. Thereafter, the reaction can be carried out at 20 to 80 ° C, preferably at 40 to 60 ° C for 1 to 24 hours. e3. [Other Additives] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may additionally use various additives such as a crosslinking agent. The polymer contained in the imine precursor or the polyimide composition may be two or more kinds. -68- 201033249 e4. [Polymer concentration] The polymer concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be set as desired. The film thickness of the polyimide film is appropriately changed, but is preferably from 1 to 10% by mass, and more preferably from 2 to 8% by mass. When it is less than 1% by mass, it is difficult to form a uniform and defect-free coating film, more than 10 When the mass is %, the preservation stability of the solution is deteriorated. f. Method for producing crystal alignment agent] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be produced by the following method. When the polymer used is a powder, it is dissolved in the solvent to form a polymer solution. At this time, the polymer concentration is preferably 10 to 30 mass. %, particularly preferably from 10 to 15% by mass. It can be heated when the polymer powder is dissolved. The heating temperature is preferably from 20 to 140 ° C, particularly preferably from 20 to 80 ° C. The solvent and the aforementioned uniformity of the coating film are uniform. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be obtained by adding a solvent solution of the polymerization Φ or a polymer solution obtained by redissolving the polymer to a certain polymer concentration. The precipitation of the decane coupling agent is prevented in order to prevent precipitation. The polymer is preferably added before the addition of the solvent for improving the uniformity of the coating film. When the amount of the decane coupling agent added is too large, the unreacted substance has an adverse effect on the liquid crystal alignment property, and when it is too small, the adhesion is not effective, so it is preferably from 0.01 to 5.0% by mass based on the polymer powder.佳. ο.! to 1.0% by mass - 69 - 201033249 g. [Liquid Crystal Alignment Film] The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained from the following. That is, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is preferably applied to a substrate after filtration, dried, and calcined to form a coating film. The substrate for coating the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a substrate having a high transparency can be used, and a plastic substrate such as a glass substrate, a tantalum nitride substrate, an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can be used, and the steps are simplified. It is preferable to use a substrate which forms an ITO electrode for driving a liquid crystal. Further, when only a single-sided substrate is used for the reflective liquid crystal display device, an opaque material such as a circuit board can be used. In this case, a material capable of reflecting light such as aluminum can be used as the electrode, and a coating method of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be used. , spin coating method, printing method, inkjet method, and the like. After the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied, it is preferably dried and calcined. In order to sufficiently remove the organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent, it is preferably dried at 50 to 120 ° C for 1 to 1 minute. Next, it is preferably calcined at 150 to 3 ° C, more preferably 150 to 250 ° C. The calcination time varies depending on the calcination temperature, but is preferably 5 to 120 minutes, more preferably 5 to 60 minutes. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention will be as described above by the above-mentioned coating film. The Boc-protected primary or secondary aliphatic amine group possessed by the polyamidene precursor or its quinone imidized polymer at a temperature above 150 ° C, desorbs from the Boc group to form a detachment protected by a Boc group. Reactive grade 1 or 2 aliphatic amine groups. The resulting primary or secondary aliphatic amine group reacts with a functional group present in the polyimine precursor or its oxime imidized polymer to form intermolecular crosslinks, and via the crosslinking reaction, Invention-70-201033249 The obtained liquid crystal alignment film can obtain a polyimide film which does not cause film peeling or scratching when the mechanical strength is increased and friction is applied. The thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element is lowered, so it is required to be 5 to 300 nm, preferably 10 to 200 nm. It can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film by rubbing the alignment treatment of the coating film surface or the like. The method of treating the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is, for example, a rubbing method, an optical φ alignment treatment method, or the like. Specifically, for example, a method of imparting a polarized radiation to a surface of the coating film in a predetermined direction and then heat-treating at 150 to 250 ° C to impart a liquid crystal alignment energy. Radiation can be used with ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 100 to 800 nm and visible light. Among them, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 100 to 4 Å Onm are preferable, and ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 200 to 400 nm are particularly preferable. Further, in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment, the coated substrate can be heated at 50 to 250 ° C and the radiation can be irradiated. The irradiation amount of the aforementioned radiation is preferably from 1 to 10,000 mj/cm2, particularly preferably from 100 to 5,000 mJ/cm2. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Examples] The following are the codes and structures of the compounds used in the examples and comparative examples. -71 - 201033249 CBDA : Cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride 1,3 DMCBDE-C1: dimethyl 1,3-bis(chlorocarbonyl)-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane-2,4-di Carboxylic acid ester p_PDA : p-phenylenediamine DA-A: diamine DA-B of the above formula (A): diamine DA-D of the above formula (B): diamine DA- of the above formula (D) E ··Diamine DA-F of the above formula (E): diamine DA-H of the above formula (F): diamine of the above formula (H) [Chem. 83]

(有機溶劑) NMP: N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 BCS : 丁基溶纖劑 DMF : Ν,Ν-二乙基甲醯胺 T H F :四氫呋喃 γ-BL : γ-丁內酯 下面爲1H-NMR、黏度、分子量及摩擦耐性的各測定 201033249 方法。 &quot;H-NMR] 裝置:葉傅里變換型超傳導核磁共振裝置(FT-NMR )INOVA-400 ( Varian 公司製)400MHz 溶劑:重氫化二甲基亞楓(DMSO-d6)或重氫氯仿( CDClj ) φ 標準物質:四甲基矽烷(TMS) [黏度] 合成例中聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸溶液之黏度係使用E 型黏度計TVE-22H (東機產業公司製),以樣品量l.lmL 、錐回轉部TE-1 ( 1°34’、R24 )、溫度25°C測定。 [分子量] φ 又,聚醯胺酸酯之分子量係使用GPC (常溫凝膠滲透 色譜法)裝置測定,由聚乙二醇、聚環氧乙烷換算値之數 平均分子量(以下也稱爲Μη)及重量平均分子量(以下 也稱爲Mw)算出。 GPC 裝置:Shodex 公司製(GPC-101) 柱:Shodex 公司製(KD803、KD805 直歹IJ )(Organic solvent) NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS : butyl cellosolve DMF : Ν, Ν-diethylformamide THF: tetrahydrofuran γ-BL : γ-butyrolactone 1H-NMR, viscosity , determination of molecular weight and friction resistance 201033249 method. &quot;H-NMR] Apparatus: Leaf Fourier-type superconducting nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (FT-NMR) INOVA-400 (Varian) 400MHz Solvent: Dihydrogenated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6) or heavy hydrogen chloroform (CDClj) φ Reference material: Tetramethyl decane (TMS) [Viscosity] The viscosity of the polyamidomate and the polyaminic acid solution in the synthesis example is the E-type viscometer TVE-22H (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.). The sample amount was 1.1 mL, the cone rotating portion TE-1 (1°34', R24), and the temperature was 25 °C. [Molecular weight] φ Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate is measured by a GPC (normal temperature gel permeation chromatography) apparatus, and the number average molecular weight (hereinafter also referred to as Μη) calculated from polyethylene glycol or polyethylene oxide. And the weight average molecular weight (hereinafter also referred to as Mw) is calculated. GPC device: manufactured by Shodex Co., Ltd. (GPC-101) Column: manufactured by Shodex (KD803, KD805, IJ)

柱溫度:50°C 溶離液:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(添加劑用之溴化鋰—水 合物(LiBr · H20 )爲30mmol/L '磷酸酐結晶(0-磷酸) -73- 201033249 爲 30mmol/L、四氫呋喃(THF)爲 l〇ml/L) 流速:1 .Oml/分 檢量線製作用標準樣品:東曹公司製TSK標準聚環氧 乙烷(重量平均分子量(Mw )約 900,000 ' 150,000、 100.000 ' 30,000 ),及波里曼公司製 聚乙二醇(最大 分子量(Mp)約12,000、4,000、1,〇〇〇)。測定時爲了避 免峰重疊,係各別測定混合900,000、 1〇〇,〇〇〇、 12,000、 1.000 4 種之樣品,及混合 150,000、30,000、4,000 3 種之樣品的2種樣品。 [聚醯亞胺膜之摩擦耐性] 將液晶配向劑旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,置於 8 0°C之熱板上乾燥5分鐘後,以23 0°C焙燒20分鐘或60 分鐘,形成膜厚lOOnm之聚醯亞胺膜。對該聚醯亞胺膜實 施摩擦處理後,觀察聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,評估有無摩 擦傷痕、有無聚醯亞胺膜之削屑,及有無聚醯亞胺膜剝離 [電壓保持率] 以下述方法測定液晶單元之電壓保持率。 60μ8間施加4V電壓,測定16.76ms後之電壓,再計 算來自初期値之變動値作爲電壓保持率。測定時液晶單元 係各自以23°C、60°C及9(TC之溫度測定。 -74- 201033249 [離子密度] 以下述方法測定液晶單元之離子密度。 使用東陽技術公司製之6 2 5 4型液晶物性評估裝置測 定。施加10V、0.01 Hz之三角波,藉由三角形近似法算出 相當於所得波形之離子密度的面積作爲離子密度。測定時 液晶單元係各自以23 °C及6〇°C之溫度測定。 _ 〈實施例1&gt;合成DA-A (合成先驅物1 ) [化 84]Column temperature: 50 ° C Dissolution: N,N-dimethylformamide (LiBr · H20 for the additive is 30 mmol / L 'phosphoric anhydride crystals (0-phosphoric acid) -73- 201033249 30mmol/L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) is l〇ml/L) Flow rate: 1.0ml/min. Quantitative line preparation standard sample: TSK standard polyethylene oxide made by Tosoh Corporation (weight average molecular weight (Mw) about 900,000 '150,000, 100.000' 30,000), and polyethylene glycol (maximum molecular weight (Mp) of about 12,000, 4,000, 1, 〇〇〇) manufactured by Poliman. In order to avoid peak overlap, two samples of 900,000, 1 〇〇, 〇〇〇, 12,000, and 1.000 were mixed and 2 samples of 150,000, 30,000, and 4,000 samples were mixed. [Tear resistance of polyimine film] The liquid crystal alignment agent was spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 5 minutes, and then baked at 23 ° C for 20 minutes or 60. In a minute, a polyimide film having a film thickness of 100 nm was formed. After rubbing the polyimide film, the surface state of the polyimide film was observed to evaluate the presence or absence of friction scars, the presence or absence of the polyimide film, and the presence or absence of the polyimide film peeling [voltage holding ratio]. The voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured by the following method. A voltage of 4 V was applied between 60 μ8, the voltage after 16.76 ms was measured, and the change from the initial 値 was calculated as the voltage holding ratio. The liquid crystal cell was measured at 23 ° C, 60 ° C, and 9 (temperature of TC) at the time of measurement. -74 - 201033249 [Ion Density] The ion density of the liquid crystal cell was measured by the following method. Using Dongyang Technology Co., Ltd. 6 2 5 4 Measurement by a liquid crystal physical property evaluation device. A triangular wave of 10 V and 0.01 Hz was applied, and an area corresponding to the ion density of the obtained waveform was calculated by a triangular approximation method as an ion density. The liquid crystal cell was measured at 23 ° C and 6 ° C each. Temperature measurement. _ <Example 1> Synthesis of DA-A (synthetic precursor 1) [Chem. 84]

〇2N〇2N

1) bh3-thf 2) aq. HCl1) bh3-thf 2) aq. HCl

3) aq. NaOH 將2 -氰基-4-硝基苯胺(I5g,92mmol)加入附有迪姆 羅冷凝管及l〇〇mL滴液漏斗之1L四口燒瓶中,以氮取代 系內後加入THF 400mL,再冷卻至〇°c。其次以30分鐘 由滴液漏斗滴入甲硼烷-THF錯合物(1M in THF,100mL ’ lOOmmol )。確認反應系發生氣體後,析出黃色固體。 結束滴液後’室溫下攪拌2天。結束反應後加入鹽酸水溶 液(2N,200mL ) ’室溫下攪拌2小時後,1 0 °C下加入氫 氧化鈉水溶液(2N ’ 250mL),成爲鹼性後以二氯甲烷萃 取。以飽和食鹽水(500mL )洗淨後,以硫酸鎂乾燥後, 再濃縮、真空乾燥’得黃色固體之氰基還原物。產量爲 -75- 201033249 1 1 . 9 g,產率爲 7 7 %。 (合成先驅物2) [化 85]3) aq. NaOH 2 -Cyano-4-nitroaniline (I5g, 92mmol) was added to a 1L four-necked flask with a dimro condenser and a l〇〇mL dropping funnel. 400 mL of THF was added and cooled to 〇 °c. Next, a borane-THF complex (1 M in THF, 100 mL '100 mmol) was added dropwise from the dropping funnel over 30 minutes. After confirming that gas was generated in the reaction system, a yellow solid precipitated. After the completion of the dripping, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. After completion of the reaction, an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (2N, 200 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2N '250 mL) was added at 10 ° C to afford basics and then extracted with dichloromethane. After washing with saturated brine (500 mL), the mixture was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated and evaporated. The yield was -75-201033249 1 1. 9 g, and the yield was 7 7 %. (Synthetic precursor 2) [Chem. 85]

V〇^CH3 〇2N h3c ch3V〇^CH3 〇2N h3c ch3

將前述氰基還原物(4.60g,27.5mmol)及二氯甲烷 (9 00mL)加入1L茄型燒瓶中,再將二碳酸二-tert-丁酯 (Boc2〇 ) (6.00g,27_5mmol)加入該溶液中,室溫(20 °C )下攪拌3天。結束反應後直接以飽和食鹽水洗淨反應 溶液,分離有機層後以硫酸鎂乾燥。減壓濃縮有機層後’ 以乙酸乙酯一己烷(體積比:2/7)將析出之固體再結晶’ 得黃色固體之B〇c加成物。產量爲5.25g,產率爲71%。 (合成DA-A ) [化 86]The aforementioned cyano reduction product (4.60 g, 27.5 mmol) and dichloromethane (900 mL) were added to a 1 L eggplant type flask, and then di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Boc 2 oxime) (6.00 g, 27-5 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 3 days. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was washed directly with saturated brine, and the organic layer was separated and dried over magnesium sulfate. After concentrating the organic layer under reduced pressure, the precipitated solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane (volume ratio: 2/7) to obtain a B?c adduct of a yellow solid. The yield was 5.25 g and the yield was 71%. (synthetic DA-A) [Chem. 86]

H2N—N Ο h3c ch3 h2 -76- 201033249 將前述Boc加成物(5.0g,i8.7mmol)及乙醇(40ml )加入lOOmL茄型燒瓶中’以氮取代系內後加入氧化鉑( 5 OOmg ),再以氫取代系內。室溫下攪拌黃色懸浮狀之反 應混合物1 5小時,結束反應後追加乙醇溶解所析出之白 色固體,再以矽藻土過濾去除觸媒。濃縮濾液後,以乙酸 乙酯一己烷(體積比:1 /2 )將所得的桃色固體再結晶,得 φ 淡桃色固體。產量爲3.40g,產率爲77%。 測定所得固體之1H-NMR,確認爲DA-A。 1 Η-N MR (D M S Ο - d 6, δρρηι) : 1.44(s, 9H) ' 3.87(d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H)、 4.10 〜4.30(m, 4H)、6.27(dd, J = 2.4Hz, 8.1Hz, 1H)' 6.31(d, J = 2.4Hz, 1H)' 6.38(d, J = 8.1Hz, 1H) 、7.14(t,J = 6_3Hz, 1H)。 &lt;實施例2&gt;合成DA-B φ (合成N-Boc-丙炔胺) [化 87]H2N-N Ο h3c ch3 h2 -76- 201033249 Add the aforementioned Boc adduct (5.0g, i8.7mmol) and ethanol (40ml) to a lOOmL eggplant type flask. 'Substituting nitrogen in the system and adding platinum oxide (500mg) Then replace the inside with hydrogen. The reaction mixture in the form of a yellow suspension was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, ethanol was added to dissolve the precipitated white solid, and the catalyst was removed by filtration through celite. After concentrating the filtrate, the obtained peach solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane (volume ratio: 1/2) to give φ pale peach solid. The yield was 3.40 g and the yield was 77%. 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was measured, and it was confirmed to be DA-A. 1 Η-N MR (DMS Ο - d 6, δρρηι) : 1.44(s, 9H) ' 3.87(d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.10 to 4.30(m, 4H), 6.27 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.1 Hz, 1H) ' 6.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H)' 6.38 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (t, J = 6_3 Hz, 1H). &lt;Example 2&gt; Synthesis of DA-B φ (Synthesis of N-Boc-propargylamine) [Chem. 87]

將丙炔胺(25.18g,〇.448mol )、三乙基胺( 55.52g ,0.549mol)及二氯甲烷400ml加入四口燒瓶中,以水浴 (20 °C )冷卻反應溶液的同時,以30分鐘滴入二碳二-tert-丁酯(118.15g,〇.541mol)。結束滴液後攪拌2小時 -77- 201033249 ,再將飽和食鹽水300ml、二氯甲烷200ml加入反應溶液 進行萃取。以硫酸鎂乾燥所得的有機層後去除乾燥劑,再 餾去所得溶液之溶劑,得淡黃色油。再結晶(己烷)精製 後,得白色固體N-Boc-丙炔胺(產量:47.01g,產率: 6 7.6%)。 (合成硝基物)Add propargylamine (25.18 g, 448.448 mol), triethylamine (55.52 g, 0.549 mol) and 400 ml of dichloromethane to a four-necked flask, while cooling the reaction solution in a water bath (20 ° C), at 30 Dicarbodi-tert-butyl ester (118.15 g, 541.541 mol) was added dropwise in minutes. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours -77 to 201033249, and then 300 ml of a saturated saline solution and 200 ml of dichloromethane were added to the reaction solution for extraction. The obtained organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was removed, and the solvent of the obtained solution was evaporated to give a pale yellow oil. After recrystallization (hexane), white solid N-Boc-propynylamine (yield: 47.01 g, yield: 6 7.6%) was obtained. (synthetic nitro compound)

將2 -鹏-4-硝基本胺(5.11g,19.4mmol)、雙(二苯 基鱗)钯(II)—氯化物(281.7g,0.401mmol)、澳化銅 (160.7mg ’ 0.8 44mmol )及二乙基胺30ml放入氮取代後 參 之四口燒瓶中,室溫(20 °C )下攪拌10分鐘。其後加入 N-Boc -丙炔胺(3.72g,24.0mmol),室溫(20°C)下攪 伴 4 小時。以 HPLC ( High performance liquid chromatography)確認原料消失後,加入乙酸乙酯 200ml 、1Μ氯化銨水溶液200ml進行萃取。以1Μ氯化銨水溶 液洗淨所得有機層2次後,以硫酸鎂酐乾燥。去除乾燥劑 後濃縮濾液’再以矽膠柱色譜法(餾出液爲爲乙酸乙酯: 己烷=3: 7(體積比))精製。產量爲4.97g,產率爲 -78- 201033249 8 8.0%。 (合成DA-B ) [化 89]2 -Phen-4-nitrobenzamine (5.11 g, 19.4 mmol), bis(diphenylscale)palladium(II)-chloride (281.7 g, 0.401 mmol), copper albinate (160.7 mg '0.8 44 mmol) 30 ml of diethylamine was placed in a four-necked flask after nitrogen substitution, and stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 10 minutes. Thereafter, N-Boc-propargylamine (3.72 g, 24.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 4 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the starting material by HPLC (High performance liquid chromatography), 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of a 1 mL aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added thereto for extraction. The obtained organic layer was washed twice with a 1 mL aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dried over magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed, and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (distillate: ethyl acetate:hexane = 3:7 (volume ratio)). The yield was 4.97 g and the yield was -78-201033249 8 8.0%. (synthetic DA-B) [Chem. 89]

NH ❹ 將前述硝基物(12.45g,42.7mmol)放 ,懸浮於乙醇200ml。將系內脫氣以氮取代 (1.23g ),以氫取代後室溫(20°C )下攪ί 使用矽藻土過濾,去除鈀碳後餾去溶劑。將 解於甲苯100ml後,加入己烷50ml再結晶 得的固體,得淡茶色固體(產量:9.13g,I 。測定所得固體之1H-NMR,確認爲DA-B。 1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6,δρριη) : 1 . 3 8 (s, J = 7.2Hz, 2H) ' 2.30(t, J = 7.2Hz, 2H)、2.94( 2H)、3.88 〜4·22(χη,4H)、6.22(dd,J = 2. 1 Hz; 6.25(d, J = 2.1Hz, 1H) ' 6.37(d, J = 8.1Hz, J = 6.0H z, 1H) oNH ❹ The above nitro compound (12.45 g, 42.7 mmol) was placed and suspended in 200 ml of ethanol. The system was degassed by nitrogen (1.23 g), replaced with hydrogen, and stirred at room temperature (20 ° C). The mixture was filtered through celite, and the solvent was removed by removing palladium carbon. After 100 ml of toluene was added, a solid obtained by recrystallization of 50 ml of hexane was added to give a pale brown solid (yield: 9.13 g, I. 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was determined to be DA-B. 1 H-NMR (DMSO- D6,δρριη) : 1 . 3 8 (s, J = 7.2Hz, 2H) ' 2.30(t, J = 7.2Hz, 2H), 2.94( 2H), 3.88 ~4·22(χη, 4H), 6.22( Dd, J = 2. 1 Hz; 6.25 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H) ' 6.37 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, J = 6.0H z, 1H) o

&lt;實施例3&gt;合成DA-D 入四口燒瓶中 後,加入鈀碳 P 2天。其後 所得的固體溶 。減壓乾燥所 !率:8 0 · 6 % ) 9H)、1.57(q, juin, J = 6.0 Ηz, 8.1Hz, 1H) &gt; 1H) 、 6.84(t, -79- 201033249 (合成硝基物) [化 90]&lt;Example 3&gt; After synthesizing DA-D into a four-necked flask, palladium on carbon P was added for 2 days. The solid obtained thereafter is dissolved. Drying under reduced pressure! Rate: 8 0 · 6 % ) 9H), 1.57 (q, juin, J = 6.0 Ηz, 8.1 Hz, 1H) &gt; 1H), 6.84 (t, -79- 201033249 (synthetic nitro ) [化90]

將Boc -甘胺酸(l〇.i7g,58.05mm〇l)放入氮取代之 四口燒瓶中,溶解於THF 1 5 0ml。放入N-甲基嗎啉( NMM) (11.93g,117.9mmol)後冷卻至-20°C。將氯甲酸 異丁醋(isobutylchloroformate ) ( 9.99g » 73.14mmol ) 滴入該溶液中’此時注意不要使反應溶液之溫度爲〇。(:以 上。滴液後-20 °C下攪拌〗0分鐘。此時反應溶液會白濁化 。10分鐘後使用滴液漏斗滴入2-胺基-4-硝基苯胺(8.86g ,57.86mmol)之 THF 溶液 360ml。結束滴液後-20 °C下 @ 攪拌1小時,其後以室溫(20°C )攪拌18小時。1 8小時 後濾除析出之固體,再餾去所得濾液之溶劑,得濃縮液。 將乙酸乙酯200ml及1M磷酸二氫鉀水溶液200ml加入該 濃縮液中進行萃取。以1M磷酸二氫鉀水溶液洗淨所得有 機層1次後,以飽和食鹽水洗淨1次,其後以飽和碳酸氫 鈉水溶液洗淨2次,再以飽和食鹽水洗淨1次。以硫酸鎂 酐乾燥所得有機層後,去除乾燥劑再自爐液餾去溶劑,得 橙色固體。將該固體懸浮於甲苯300ml中,加熱擾拌30 -80- 201033249 分鐘。吸引濾取固體後,測定所得固體之iH-NMR,確 爲目的之硝基物(產量:9_85g,產率:54.9%)。 (合成DA-D ) [化 91]Boc-glycine (10 g, 58.05 mm) was placed in a nitrogen-substituted four-necked flask and dissolved in THF 150 ml. After adding N-methylmorpholine (NMM) (11.93 g, 117.9 mmol), it was cooled to -20 °C. Isobutylchloroformate (9.99g » 73.14mmol) is added dropwise to the solution. At this time, be careful not to let the temperature of the reaction solution be 〇. (: Above. After stirring, -20 ° C, stirring for 0 minutes. At this time, the reaction solution will be cloudy. After 10 minutes, 2-amino-4-nitroaniline (8.86 g, 57.86 mmol) was added dropwise using a dropping funnel. 360 ml of THF solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, @ stirring for 1 hour at -20 ° C, followed by stirring at room temperature (20 ° C) for 18 hours. After 18 hours, the precipitated solid was filtered off, and the obtained filtrate was distilled off. The solvent was obtained to obtain a concentrated solution. 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of a 1 M aqueous potassium dihydrogen phosphate solution were added to the concentrated solution for extraction. The obtained organic layer was washed once with 1 M potassium dihydrogen phosphate aqueous solution, and then washed with saturated brine. Then, it was washed twice with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate, and then washed once with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was removed, and the solvent was evaporated from the solvent to give an orange solid. The solid was suspended in 300 ml of toluene, and the mixture was heated and scrambled for 30-80 to 201033249 minutes. After the solid was collected by suction, the obtained solid was subjected to iH-NMR to obtain the desired nitro compound (yield: 9-85 g, yield: 54.9%). (synthetic DA-D) [Chem. 91]

將前述硝基物(9.85g,31.75mmol)加入茄型燒瓶後 ,加入乙醇1 5 0ml。以氮取代反應容器後,加入鈀滕( 1 · 1 1 g,相對於硝基物之質量爲1 0重量% ),再以氮取代 。其次以氫取代反應容器,20°C下攪拌48小時。結束反 φ 應後使用矽藻土過濾,去除鈀碳後自濾液餾去溶劑。將甲 苯1 50ml加入所得的濃縮液中,加熱回流以析出固體。熱 時過濾所析出之固體,得淡紫色固體。產量爲8.05g,產 率爲90.4%。測定所得固體之1H-NMR,確認爲DA-C。 •H-NMRiDMSO-de, δρριη) : 1.40(s, 9H) ' 3.70(d, J = 6.0Hz, 2H)、4.04(bs, 2H)、4.35(bs, 2H)、6.23(dd, J = 2.4Hz, 8.0Hz, 1H) &gt; 6.48(d, J = 8.0Hz, 1 H)、6.6 1 (d,J = 2.4Hz,1H)、7.05(t,J = 6.0Hz,1H)、8_94(s,1H)。 -81 - 201033249 &lt;實施例4&gt;合成DA-E (合成硝基物)After adding the aforementioned nitro compound (9.85 g, 31.75 mmol) to the eggplant type flask, 150 ml of ethanol was added. After replacing the reaction vessel with nitrogen, palladium (1·1 1 g, 10% by weight based on the mass of the nitro compound) was added, followed by substitution with nitrogen. Next, the reaction vessel was replaced with hydrogen and stirred at 20 ° C for 48 hours. After the end of the reverse φ, the mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth to remove palladium carbon, and the solvent was distilled off from the filtrate. 50 ml of toluene was added to the obtained concentrate, and heated to reflux to precipitate a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered while hot to give a lavender solid. The yield was 8.05 g and the yield was 90.4%. 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was measured, and it was confirmed to be DA-C. • H-NMRiDMSO-de, δρριη): 1.40(s, 9H) ' 3.70(d, J = 6.0Hz, 2H), 4.04(bs, 2H), 4.35(bs, 2H), 6.23 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.0Hz, 1H) &gt; 6.48(d, J = 8.0Hz, 1 H), 6.6 1 (d, J = 2.4Hz, 1H), 7.05(t, J = 6.0Hz, 1H), 8_94(s , 1H). -81 - 201033249 &lt;Example 4&gt; Synthesis of DA-E (synthetic nitro compound)

將 2 -胺基-4 -硝基苯胺(4.36g,28.47mmol) 、Ν-α, im -— -t-丁氧基擬基-L-組胺酸(14_6lg,33.70mmol)及 4-N,N-二甲基胺基吡啶(4-DMAP ) ( 1.78g,M 57mm〇1 ) 放入四口燒瓶中,加入DMF l5〇ml。氮取代後加入丨_乙 基-3- (3 -二甲基胺基丙基)碳二酿亞胺鹽酸鹽(EDAP) (6.5 8g ’ 34.32mmol ) ,2 0 °C下攪拌1 8小時。結束反應 後將乙酸乙酯,純水加入反應溶液進行萃取。以純水洗淨 所得有機層2次後,以硫酸鎂酐乾燥。去除乾燥劑後濃縮 濾液,得油狀化合物。將甲苯150ml加入該油狀化合物中 ,加熱攪拌後析出黃色固體。吸引濾取所得的黃色固體, 再減壓乾燥。測定iH-NMR,確認所得的黃色固體爲目的 之二胺化合物DA-3。產量:5.74g,產率:41.1%。 (合成DA-E ) -82- 201033249 [化 93]2-Amino-4-nitroaniline (4.36 g, 28.47 mmol), Ν-α, im--t-butoxy pseudo-L-histidine (14_6 lg, 33.70 mmol) and 4-N N-dimethylaminopyridine (4-DMAP) (1.78 g, M 57 mm 〇1) was placed in a four-necked flask, and DMF 15 〇 ml was added. After nitrogen substitution, 丨_ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDAP) (6.5 8g '34.32mmol) was added and stirred at 20 ° C for 18 hours. . After the completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate and pure water were added to the reaction solution for extraction. The obtained organic layer was washed twice with pure water and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant, the filtrate was concentrated to give an oily compound. 150 ml of toluene was added to the oily compound, and the mixture was stirred under heating to precipitate a yellow solid. The resulting yellow solid was filtered off and dried under reduced pressure. The iH-NMR was measured, and the obtained yellow solid was identified as the objective diamine compound DA-3. Yield: 5.74 g, yield: 41.1%. (synthetic DA-E) -82- 201033249 [Chem. 93]

將前述硝基物(5.74g,11.70mmol)放入茄型燒瓶中 ,再加入乙醯150ml。以氮取代反應容器後加入鈀碳( ® 〇.59g ),再以氮取代。其次以氫取代反應容器,20°C下 攪拌48小時。結束反應後使用矽藻土過濾,去除鈀碳後 由濾液餾去溶劑。生成物爲油狀,但加入甲苯10 0ml後藉 由超音波會析出淡紫色固體。將析出之固體加熱溶解後, 以水浴冷卻再進行再結晶。吸引濾取析出之固體後減壓乾 燥,得淡紫色固體。產量·· 2.3 6g,產率:43.8%。測定所 得固體之1H-NMR,確認爲DA-D。 'H-NMRCDMSO-de, 6ppm): 1.36(s, 9H)' 1.56(s, 9H) 魯 、2.76〜2.96(m, 3H)、4.04(bs,2H)、4.35(bs, 2H)、6.25( dd, J = 2.4Hz, 8.4Hz, 1H)、6.48(d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H)、6.55(d, J = 2.4Hz, 1H)、7.02(d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H)、7.29(s, 1H)、 8. 1 3(s, 1H)、9.1 1 (s, 1H)。 &lt;實施例5&gt;調製聚醯胺酸(A-l)之溶液 將 p-PDA 1 .125g ( 10.40mmol ) 、DA-B 0.689g ( 2.596mmol)及NMP 30.62g放入附攪拌裝置及氮導入管之 30 OmL四口燒瓶中,送入氮的同時攪拌溶解。攪拌該二胺 -83- 201033249 溶液的同時加入 CBDA 2.424g ( 12.36mmol ),再加入 NMP使固體成份濃度爲10質量%,室溫下攪拌24小時, 得聚醯胺酸(A-1)之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液之溫度25 °C 下的黏度爲138.6mPa · s。又該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲The above nitro compound (5.74 g, 11.70 mmol) was placed in an eggplant flask, and then 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added. After replacing the reaction vessel with nitrogen, palladium carbon (® 59.59g) was added and replaced with nitrogen. Next, the reaction vessel was replaced with hydrogen and stirred at 20 ° C for 48 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the mixture was filtered through celite, and palladium carbon was removed, and the solvent was evaporated from the filtrate. The product was oily, but after adding 10 ml of toluene, a lavender solid was precipitated by ultrasonic waves. The precipitated solid was heated and dissolved, and then cooled in a water bath to be recrystallized. The precipitated solid was suction-filtered, and then dried under reduced pressure to give a pale solid. Yield · · 2.3 6g, yield: 43.8%. 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was measured, and it was confirmed to be DA-D. 'H-NMRC DMSO-de, 6 ppm): 1.36 (s, 9H)' 1.56 (s, 9H) Lu, 2.76~2.96 (m, 3H), 4.04 (bs, 2H), 4.35 (bs, 2H), 6.25 ( Dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 8. 1 3 (s, 1H), 9.1 1 (s, 1H). &lt;Example 5&gt; Preparation of a solution of polyglycolic acid (Al) P-PDA 1.125 g (10.40 mmol), DA-B 0.689 g (2.696 mmol), and NMP 30.62 g were placed in a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. In a 30 OmL four-necked flask, nitrogen was added while stirring and dissolved. While stirring the diamine-83-201033249 solution, 2.424 g (12.36 mmol) of CBDA was added, and NMP was added thereto to have a solid concentration of 10% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain poly-proline (A-1). Solution. The viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C was 138.6 mPa · s. The molecular weight of the polyproline is

Mn=1 6,079,Mw = 33.544。 &lt;實施例6&gt;調製聚醯胺酸(A-2)之溶液 將 p-PDA 1.03 7g ( 9.5 8 9mmol ) 、 DA-D 0.67 1 g ( 2.394mmol)及NMP 28.3 7g放入附攪拌裝置及氮導入管之 3 OOmL四口燒瓶中,送入氮的同時攪拌溶解。攪拌該二胺 溶液的同時加入 CBDA 2.277g ( 1 1.61mmol ),再加人 NMP使其固體成份濃度爲1 0質量%,室溫下攪拌24小時 ,得聚醯胺酸(A-2 )之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液之溫度25 °C下的黏度爲146.2mPa · s。又該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn=1 7,260,Mw = 34,5 3 2 ° &lt;實施例7&gt;調製聚醯胺酸(A-3)之溶液 將 p-PDA 0.951 g ( 8.794mmol ) 、DA-E 1.012g ( 2.197mm〇l)及NMP 29.10g放入附攪拌裝置及氮導入管之 3 OOmL四口燒瓶中,送入氮的同時攪拌溶解。攪拌該二胺 溶液的同時加入 CBDA 2.095g(10.69mmol) ’再加入 NMP使其固體成份濃度成爲質量%後,室溫下攪拌24 小時,得聚醯胺酸(A-3 )之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液之溫 度25 t下的黏度爲157.3 mP a· s。又該聚醯胺酸之分子量 -84 - 201033249 爲 Mn = 20,610,Mw = 40,640 ° &lt;比較合成例1&gt;調製聚醯胺酸(B-l )之溶液 將 p-PDA 1.621g ( 14.99mmol)及 NMP 28.96g 放入 附攪拌裝置及氮導入管之3 0OmL四口燒瓶中,送入氮的同 時攪拌溶解。攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入CBDA 2^7g ( 14.74mmol ),再加入NMP使其固體成份濃度爲1〇質量% φ 後,室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸(B-1 )之溶液。該 聚醯胺酸溶液之溫度25。(:下的黏度爲152.7mPa · s。該聚 酿胺酸之分子量爲Mn=13,972,Mw = 30,181。 &lt;實施例8&gt;調製液晶配向劑(A-1)Mn = 1, 6,079, Mw = 33.544. &lt;Example 6&gt; Preparation of a solution of poly-proline (A-2) p-PDA 1.03 7 g (9.58 9 mmol), DA-D 0.67 1 g (2394 mmol), and NMP 28.3 7 g were placed in a stirring apparatus and The nitrogen inlet tube was placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask, and nitrogen was added while stirring. While stirring the diamine solution, 2.277 g (1 1.61 mmol) of CBDA was added, and NMP was added thereto to have a solid concentration of 10% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain polyglycine (A-2). Solution. The viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C was 146.2 mPa · s. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 17,260, Mw = 34, 5 3 2 ° &lt;Example 7&gt; The solution of the poly-proline (A-3) is prepared. p-PDA 0.951 g ( 8.794 mmol) DA-E 1.012g (2.997mm〇l) and NMP 29.10g were placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, and stirred and dissolved while feeding nitrogen. While the diamine solution was stirred, 2.095 g (10.69 mmol) of CBDA was added. Further, NMP was added to adjust the solid content to mass%, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a solution of polyamine acid (A-3). The polyglycine solution had a viscosity of 157.3 mP a·s at a temperature of 25 t. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is -84 - 201033249 is Mn = 20,610, Mw = 40,640 ° &lt;Comparative Synthesis Example 1&gt; Preparation of a solution of poly-proline (Bl) p-PDA 1.621 g (14.99 mmol) and NMP 28.96 g was placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, and stirred and dissolved while feeding nitrogen. While stirring the diamine solution, CBDA 2^7g (14.74mmol) was added, and NMP was added thereto to have a solid concentration of 1% by mass φ, and then stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain polylysine (B-1). Solution. The temperature of the polyaminic acid solution is 25. (The viscosity underneath is 152.7 mPa·s. The molecular weight of the polyamic acid is Mn = 13,972, Mw = 30,181. &lt;Example 8&gt; Modulation of liquid crystal alignment agent (A-1)

以放入攪拌子之50mL三角燒瓶分取實施例5所得的 聚醯胺酸(A-1)溶液12.59g後,加入NMP 4.21g及BCS 4.19g,使用磁力攪拌器攪拌30分鐘後,得液晶配向劑( A - 1 )。 &lt;實施例9&gt;調製液晶配向劑(A-2 ) 以放入攪拌子之50mL三角燒瓶分取實施例6所得的 聚醯胺酸(A-2)之溶液11.37g後,加入NMP 3.80g及 BCS 3_79g’使用磁力攪拌器攪拌30分鐘後,得液晶配向 劑(A-2)。 &lt;實施例10&gt;調製液晶配向劑(A-3) -85- 201033249 以放入攪拌子之50mL三角燒瓶分取實施例7所得的 聚醯胺酸(A-3)溶液ll_17g後,加入NMP 3.74g及BCS 3.76g,使用磁力攪拌器攪拌30分鐘後,得液晶配向劑( A-3 )。 &lt;比較例1&gt;調製液晶配向劑(B-1 ) 以放入攪拌子之50mL三角燒瓶分取比較合成例1所 得的聚醯胺酸(B-1 )溶液12.98g後,加入NMP 4.42g及 BCS 4.2 7g,使用磁力攪拌器攪拌30分鐘後,得液晶配向 劑(B-1 )。 &lt;實施例1 1&gt; 使用1 ·0μιη之濾器過濾實施例8所得的液晶配向劑( Α-1)後,旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於8(TC 之熱板上乾燥5分鐘,以230 °C焙燒20分鐘後,得膜厚 10 0nm之聚醯亞胺膜。以螺縈布摩擦該聚醯亞胺膜(滾軸 徑120nm、回轉數lOOOrpm、移動速度20mm/sec、壓入量 〇.4mm )後,觀察聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到 來自摩擦之傷痕、聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例12&gt; 除了使用實施例9所得的液晶配向劑(A-2 )外,同 實施例11之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。觀察 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到來自摩擦之傷痕、 -86- 201033249 聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例13&gt; 除了使用實施例1 〇所得的液晶配向劑(A-3 )外 實施例11之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到來自摩擦之傷 聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 ❹ &lt;比較例2 &gt; 除了使用比較例1所得的液晶配向劑(B-1 )外 實施例11之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果觀察到來自摩擦之傷痕 醯亞胺膜之削屑。 &lt;實施例14&gt; 籲 使用Ι.Ομιη之濾器過濾實施例8所得的液晶配向 Α-1)後,旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於 之熱板上乾燥5分鐘,經23 0°C焙燒20分鐘後,得 lOOnm之聚醯亞胺膜。以螺縈布摩擦該聚醯亞胺膜( 徑120mm、回轉數l〇〇〇rpm、移動速度20mm/sec、壓 0.4mm)後,純水中照射1分鐘超音波進行洗淨,再 去除水分,80°C下乾燥1 0分鐘後得附液晶配向膜之 。準備2枚該附液晶配向膜之基板,將6μηι之調距器 於一方基板之液晶配向膜面後,以自逆平行扭轉8 5 ,同 觀察 痕、 ,同 觀察 及聚 劑( 8 0°C 膜厚 滾軸 入量 吹氣 基板 散布 度之 -87- 201033249 條件組合2枚基板的摩擦方向,再以殘留液晶注入口之條 件密封四周,製作單元間際爲6μιη之空單元。將液晶( MLC-2003、Merck公司製)真空注入該空單元中,密封注 入口後得扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶單 元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向狀。測定該液晶 單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度,結果電壓保持率爲 溫度2 3 °C下 9 9.3 %、溫度6 0 °C下 9 8.7 %、溫度9 0 °C下 94.1%、離子密度爲 23°C 下 10pC/cm2、60°C 下 18pC/cm2 &lt;實施例15&gt; 除了使用實施例9所得的液晶配向劑(A-2 )外,同 實施例14製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。 以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無 缺陷之均勻配向狀。測定該液晶單元之電壓保持率後,測 G 定離子密度,結果電壓保持率爲23°C下99.3%、60°C下 98.8%、90°C 下 94.4%,離子密度爲 23°C 下 5pC/cm2、60 。(:下 1 lpC/cm2。 &lt;實施例16&gt; 除了使用實施例1 〇所得的液晶配向劑(A-3 )外’同 實施例1 4製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。常溫下將液晶(MLC- -88 - 201033249 2003,Merck公司製)真空注入該空單元中,密封注入口 得扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶單元之配 向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向狀。測定該液晶單元之 電壓保持率後,測定離子密度,結果電壓保持率爲23 °C下 9 9.4 %、6 0 °C 下 9 9 · 1 %、9 0 °C 下 9 6.7 %,離子密度爲 2 3 °C 下 3pC/cm2、6 0°C T 4pC/cm2。 _ &lt;比較例3 &gt; 除了使用比較例1所得的液晶配向劑(B-1 )外,同 實施例1 4製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶 單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向狀。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度,結果電壓保持率 爲 2 3 °C 下 9 9 · 1 %、6 0 °C 下 9 7.4 %、9 0 °C 下 8 6 · 7 %,離子密 度爲 23°C 下 50pC/cm2、60°C 下 256pC/cm2。 &lt;實施例1 7&gt;合成DA-F (合成先驅物1 ) [化 94]* HBrAfter dissolving 12.59 g of the polyplycosic acid (A-1) solution obtained in Example 5 in a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask placed in a stir bar, 4.11 g of NMP and 4.19 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal. Orienting agent (A - 1). &lt;Example 9&gt; Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent (A-2) After dissolving 11.37 g of a solution of polyglycine (A-2) obtained in Example 6 in a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask placed in a stir bar, NMP 3.80 g was added. And BCS 3_79g' was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (A-2). &lt;Example 10&gt; Modulation of liquid crystal alignment agent (A-3) -85-201033249 After the lysine solution (A-3) obtained in Example 7 was dispensed in a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask in which a stir bar was placed, ll 17 g was added, and then NMP was added. 3.74 g and BCS 3.76 g were stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (A-3). &lt;Comparative Example 1&gt; Preparation of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent (B-1) After dissolving 12.98 g of the polylysine (B-1) solution obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 in a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask placed in a stirrer, NMP 4.42 g was added. And BCS 4.2 7g, after stirring for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer, the liquid crystal alignment agent (B-1) was obtained. &lt;Example 1 1&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (Α-1) obtained in Example 8 was filtered using a filter of 1.0 μm, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and placed on a hot plate of 8 (TC). After drying for 5 minutes and baking at 230 ° C for 20 minutes, a polyimide film having a film thickness of 100 nm was obtained, and the polyimide film was rubbed with a screw cloth (rolling diameter: 120 nm, number of revolutions of 1000 rpm, moving speed of 20 mm/ After sec and the amount of press-in of 醯4 mm), the surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and as a result, no scratches from the rubbing, chipping of the polyimide film, and peeling of the polyimide film were observed. 12&gt; A polyimide film was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-2) obtained in Example 9 was used, and rubbing treatment was carried out. The surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and as a result, no observation was observed. From the scratch of the friction, -86-201033249 The chipping of the polyimide film and the peeling of the polyimide film. <Example 13> Example of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-3) obtained by using Example 1 The method of 11 produces a polyimide film and performs a rubbing treatment. The surface state of the polyimide film, the result No peeling of the polyimide film from the rubbing and the peeling of the polyimide film were observed. ❹ &lt;Comparative Example 2 &gt; Example 11 except the liquid crystal alignment agent (B-1) obtained in Comparative Example 1 was used. The polyimide film was produced and subjected to a rubbing treatment. The surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and as a result, the shaving of the scar imino film from the friction was observed. <Example 14> A filter using Ι.Οιη After filtering the liquid crystal alignment Α-1) obtained in Example 8, it was spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and then dried on a hot plate for 5 minutes, and baked at 230 ° C for 20 minutes to obtain a polymerization of 100 nm.醯 imine film. After rubbing the polyimide film (120 mm in diameter, 1 rpm, moving speed 20 mm/sec, and 0.4 mm pressure) with a snail cloth, the ultrasonic wave was washed for 1 minute in pure water to remove water. After drying at 80 ° C for 10 minutes, a liquid crystal alignment film was attached. Prepare two substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film, and place the 6μηι distance adjuster on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates, and then twist it by anti-parallel 8 5 , observe the traces, observe and collect the polymer (80 °C). Thickness of the film thickness of the blown substrate -87- 201033249 The conditions of the rubbing direction of the two substrates are combined and sealed around the liquid crystal injection port to form an empty cell of 6 μm. 2003, manufactured by Merck, vacuum injection into the empty cell, and the nematic liquid crystal cell was twisted after sealing the injection port. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed by a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal cell was uniformly aligned. The voltage of the liquid crystal cell was measured. After the retention rate, the ion density was measured, and the voltage retention was 9 9.3 % at a temperature of 2 3 ° C, 9 8.7 % at a temperature of 60 ° C, 94.1% at a temperature of 90 ° C, and 10 pC at an ion density of 23 ° C. /cm2, 18 pC/cm 2 at 60 ° C &lt;Example 15&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 14 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-2) obtained in Example 9 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed. Measuring electricity The pressure retention ratio and the ion density were observed by a polarizing microscope, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed to be a uniform orientation without defects. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the density of the ions was measured, and the voltage retention rate was 23°. 99.3% under C, 98.8% at 60 ° C, 94.4% at 90 ° C, and an ion density of 5 pC/cm 2 , 60 at 23 ° C. (: 1 lpC/cm 2 lower. &lt;Example 16&gt; 1) The obtained liquid crystal alignment agent (A-3) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 14 to prepare a twisted nematic liquid crystal cell, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal, the measured voltage holding ratio, and the ion density were confirmed. The liquid crystal at normal temperature (MLC-88- 201033249 2003, manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) vacuum-injected into the empty cell, and sealed the injection port to twist the nematic liquid crystal cell. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed by a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed to be a uniform alignment without defects. The voltage of the liquid crystal cell was measured. After the retention rate, the ion density was measured, and the voltage retention was 9 9.4 % at 23 °C, 9 9 · 1 % at 60 °C, 9 6.7 % at 90 °C, and an ion density of 3 pC at 23 °C. /cm2, 6 0°CT 4pC/cm2. _ &lt; Comparative Example 3 &gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 14 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B-1) obtained in Comparative Example 1 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal, the measurement voltage retention ratio, and the ion density were confirmed. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed under a microscope, and it was confirmed to be a uniform alignment without defects. After measuring the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell, the ion density was measured, and the voltage holding ratio was 9 9 · 1 % at 23 ° C, 9 7.4 % at 60 ° C, and 8 6 · 7 % at 90 ° C. The ion density was 50 pC/cm 2 at 23 ° C and 256 pC/cm 2 at 60 ° C. &lt;Example 1 7&gt; Synthesis of DA-F (Synthetic Precursor 1) [Chem. 94]* HBr

Boc20NEi3 CH2C12Boc20NEi3 CH2C12

將3 -溴丙基胺溴化含氫酸(105.10g,0.480mol)放 _ 89 _ 201033249 入2L四口燒瓶中,加入二氯甲烷978.88g及二碳酸二_ tert-丁酯(115.13g ’ 0.528mol )後 ’ 0°C (冰浴)下攪拌 。其次將三乙基胺( 92.58g,0.915mol)放入滴液漏斗中 ,以30分鐘滴入四口燒瓶中之漿體溶液中。開始滴液後 反應溶液會激烈發光,析出白色固體。結束滴液後攪拌2 小時。結束反應後將純水500ml加入反應溶液中進行萃取 。以純水洗淨所得的有機層2次後,以硫酸鎂酐乾燥。去 除乾燥劑後餾去溶劑,得無色透明之油物。將己烷500ml 加入該油狀物質中,-7 8 °C下進行晶析,得白色固體。吸 引濾取固體後減壓乾燥。測定1H-NMR,確認所得白色固 體爲tert-丁基3-溴丙基胺基甲酸酯。產量爲89.5 5g,產 率爲7 8 · 3 %。 *H NMR(400MHz,C D C13,δ p pm ) : 1.4 4 ( s,9H ),2.0 5 ( quin, J = 6.4Hz, 2H), 3.27(q, J = 6.4Hz, 2H), 3.45(t, J = 6.4Hz,2H), 4.69(bs,1H)。 (合成先驅物2 ) -90- 2010332493-Bromopropylamine brominated hydrogenation acid (105.10 g, 0.480 mol) was placed in a 2 L four-necked flask, and 978.88 g of dichloromethane and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (115.13 g ' were added. After 0.528 mol), stir at 0 ° C (ice bath). Next, triethylamine (92.58 g, 0.915 mol) was placed in a dropping funnel, and dropped into a slurry solution in a four-necked flask over 30 minutes. After the start of the dropping, the reaction solution was intensely lit, and a white solid precipitated. Stir the mixture for 2 hours after the completion of the drip. After the completion of the reaction, 500 ml of pure water was added to the reaction solution for extraction. The obtained organic layer was washed twice with pure water, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant, the solvent was distilled off to obtain a colorless and transparent oil. 500 ml of hexane was added to the oily substance, and crystallization was carried out at -78 ° C to give a white solid. The solid was collected by suction and dried under reduced pressure. 1H-NMR was measured, and it was confirmed that the obtained white solid was tert-butyl 3-bromopropyl carbamic acid ester. The yield was 89.5 5g and the yield was 7 8 · 3 %. *H NMR (400MHz, CD C13, δ p pm ) : 1.4 4 ( s, 9H ), 2.0 5 ( quin, J = 6.4Hz, 2H), 3.27 (q, J = 6.4Hz, 2H), 3.45(t , J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (bs, 1H). (Synthetic precursor 2) -90- 201033249

將 1,5-二羥基-4,8-二硝基蒽醌(14.04g,42.52 mmol )放入四口燒瓶中,加入NMP 3 00g後以80°C加熱,使 1,5-二羥基-4,8-二硝基蒽醌完全溶解。將碳酸鉀(12.Olg ,86.9 5mmol)及碘化鉀( 2 8.77g,1 73.33mmol)加入前 述溶液後,加入tert-丁基3-溴丙基胺基甲酸酯(30.40g, 127.7mm〇l),再以80°C加熱攪拌6小時。將所得反應溶 液注入 〇·5Μ鹽酸水溶液 500ml中,再加入乙酸乙酯 5 00ml進行萃取。以0.5M鹽酸水溶液及飽和食鹽水洗淨 所得的有機層後,以硫酸鎂酐乾燥。去除乾燥劑後餾去溶 劑,再以矽膠柱色譜法(餾出液爲1,2-二氯乙烷:乙酸乙 酯=7 : 3 (體積比))精製殘渣,得黃色固體。測定 NMR,確認所得的黃色固體爲上述硝基物。產量爲3.21 g ,產率爲1 1.7 %。 *H NMR(400MHz, CDC13, δρρηι) : 1.42(s, 18Η), 2.13( quin, J = 6.0Hz, 4H), 3.4 1 (q, J = 6.0 H z, 4 H ), 4.2 8 9 (t, J = -91 - 201033249 6.0Hz, 4H), 5.28(bs, 2H), 7.23(d, J = 8.8Hz, 2H), 7.93(d, J = 8.8Hz, 2H)。 (合成DA-F ) [化 96]1,5-Dihydroxy-4,8-dinitroguanidine (14.04 g, 42.52 mmol) was placed in a four-necked flask, and NMP 3 00 g was added thereto, followed by heating at 80 ° C to obtain 1,5-dihydroxy- The 4,8-dinitroguanidine is completely dissolved. Potassium carbonate (12. Olg, 86.9 5 mmol) and potassium iodide (2 8.77 g, 1 73.33 mmol) were added to the above solution, and then tert-butyl 3-bromopropyl carbazate (30.40 g, 127.7 mm 〇l) was added. Then, the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. The obtained reaction solution was poured into 500 ml of a 〇·5Μ aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and then ethyl acetate (500 ml) was added thereto for extraction. The obtained organic layer was washed with a 0.5 M aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (distillate: 1,2-dichloroethane:ethyl acetate = 7:3 (volume ratio)) to obtain a yellow solid. The NMR was measured, and it was confirmed that the obtained yellow solid was the above-mentioned nitro compound. The yield was 3.21 g and the yield was 11.7%. *H NMR(400MHz, CDC13, δρρηι) : 1.42(s, 18Η), 2.13( quin, J = 6.0Hz, 4H), 3.4 1 (q, J = 6.0 H z, 4 H ), 4.2 8 9 (t , J = -91 - 201033249 6.0Hz, 4H), 5.28(bs, 2H), 7.23(d, J = 8.8Hz, 2H), 7.93(d, J = 8.8Hz, 2H). (synthetic DA-F) [Chem. 96]

將上述二硝基物(1.48g,2.30mmol )、硫化鈉九水 合物(5_72g,23_82mmol)放入四口燒瓶中,加入純水 5 〇ml後加熱回流2小時。將反應溶液冷卻至室溫後’加 入2質量%氫氧化鈉水溶液50m卜再以50°C攪拌1小時。 吸引濾取反應溶液中之固體後,以純水洗淨。將所得固體 再結晶,精製後得紫色固體。藉由1H-NMR確認所得的紫 色固體爲二胺(F)。產量爲〇.15g,產率爲11.2%。 !H NMR(400MHz, CDC13, 6ppm) : 1.49(s, 18H), 2.06( quin, J = 5.6Hz, 4H), 3.48(q, J = 5.6Hz, 4H), 4.12(t, J = 5.6Hz, 4H), 6.54(bs, 42H), 6.92(d, J = 9.2Hz, 2H), 7.06(m, 201033249 2H), 7. 1 6(d, J = 9.2Hz, 2H) 0 &lt;實施例18&gt;合成DA-H (合成先驅物1 )The above dinitro compound (1.48 g, 2.30 mmol) and sodium sulfide nonahydrate (5-72 g, 23-82 mmol) were placed in a four-necked flask, and 5 ml of pure water was added thereto, followed by heating under reflux for 2 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, a 2 mass% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 1 hour. After suctioning the solid in the reaction solution, it was washed with pure water. The obtained solid was recrystallized and purified to give a purple solid. The obtained purple solid was confirmed to be a diamine (F) by 1H-NMR. The yield was 〇15 g and the yield was 11.2%. !H NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 6ppm): 1.49(s, 18H), 2.06( quin, J = 5.6Hz, 4H), 3.48(q, J = 5.6Hz, 4H), 4.12(t, J = 5.6Hz , 4H), 6.54 (bs, 42H), 6.92 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (m, 201033249 2H), 7. 1 6 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H) 0 &lt;Examples 18&gt;Synthesis DA-H (Synthetic Precursor 1)

[化 97][化97]

將 2,6-二碘-4-硝基苯胺(50.008,128111111〇1)、雙( 三苯基膦)鈀(II )二氯化物(900mg, 1.2 8mmol )、确 化銅( 488mg,2.56mmol)、二乙基胺 32ml 及 THF 165ml 加入1L四口燒瓶中,室溫(20°C )下攪拌10分鐘後,攪 拌四口燒瓶中之溶液的同時,以15分鐘滴入N-Boc -丙炔 胺( 47.60g,307mmol)之 THF 溶液(90ml)。結束滴液 後室溫(20 °C )下攪拌12小時。12小時後將反應溶液投 入攪拌中的純水1.28L中,再吸引濾取所析出的黑色沉澱 物,以水50ml洗淨2次。減壓乾燥所得的固體後,得茶 色固體。將該茶色固體再結晶(甲苯),精製後得黃色固 體。測定'H-NMR確認所得的黃色固體爲上述硝基物。產 201033249 量爲47.09g,產率爲83.0%。 !H NMR(400MHz, CDC13, 6ppm) : 1.48(s, 18H), 4.16( d,J = 6.0Hz,4H),4.93(bs,2H), 5.78(bs, 2H),8.09(s,2H)。 (合成DA-H) [化 98]2,6-Diiodo-4-nitroaniline (50.008, 128111111〇1), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (900 mg, 1.2 8 mmol), confirmed copper (488 mg, 2.56 mmol) ), diethylamine 32 ml and THF 165 ml were added to a 1 L four-necked flask, and stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 10 minutes. After stirring the solution in the four-necked flask, N-Boc-propyl was added dropwise over 15 minutes. An alkyneamine (47.60 g, 307 mmol) in THF (90 mL). After the completion of the dropping, the mixture was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 12 hours. After 12 hours, the reaction solution was poured into 1.28 L of pure water which was stirred, and the precipitated black precipitate was suction-filtered and washed twice with 50 ml of water. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give a brown solid. The brown solid was recrystallized (toluene) and purified to give a yellow solid. The yellow solid obtained by the measurement of 'H-NMR was confirmed to be the above-mentioned nitro compound. The yield of 201033249 was 47.09 g, and the yield was 83.0%. !H NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 6ppm): 1.48 (s, 18H), 4.16 (d, J = 6.0Hz, 4H), 4.93 (bs, 2H), 5.78 (bs, 2H), 8.09 (s, 2H) . (synthetic DA-H) [Chem. 98]

將前述硝基物( 47.07g,106mmol)放入1L四口燒瓶 中,懸浮於乙醇560ml。將系內脫氣以氮取代後,加入鈀 碳(4.71g),再以氫取代。室溫(50 °C)下加熱攪拌8 天後,使用矽藻土過濾去除鈀碳,再餾去溶劑。將所得的 固體溶解於1,2-二氯乙烷200ml後,加入己烷70ml進行 再結晶。減壓乾燥所得的固體,得灰色固體。產量爲 39.54g,產率爲87.5%。測定所得固體之 A-NMR,確認 爲 DA-H。 'H NMR(400MHz, CDC13, 5ppm) : 1.45(s, 18H), 1.78( quin, J = 6.4Hz, 4H), 2.48(t, J = 6.4Hz, 4H), 3.45(q, J = -94- 201033249 6·4Ηζ,4H), 4.69(bs,1H),6.36(s,1H)。 &lt;實施例19&gt;調製聚醯胺酸(A-4)之溶液 將 p-PDA 1.728 1 g ( 1 6.47mmol ) 、DA-A 0.9 5 0 9 g ( 4.007mmol)及NMP 46.12g放入附擾样裝置及氮導入管之 1 OOmL四口燒瓶中,送入氮的同時攪拌溶解。攪拌該二胺 溶液的同時加入 CBDA 3.8093g(19.43mmol) ’再加入 0 NMP使其固體成份濃度爲1 〇質量%,室溫下攪拌24小時 後聚醯胺酸(A-4 )之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液之溫度25°C 下的黏度爲 149mPa· s。又該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn=18,136,Mw = 37,265 〇 &lt;實施例20&gt;調製聚醯胺酸(A-5)之溶液 將 p-PDA 0.8665g ( 8.01 3mmol ) 、DA-H 0.8442g ( 1.998mmol)及NMP 25.31g放入附攪拌裝置及氮導入管之 φ 1 OOmL四口燒瓶中,送入氮的同時攪拌溶解。攪拌該二胺 溶液的同時加入 CBDA 1.9047g ( 9.713mmol ),再加入 NMP使其固體成份濃度爲1 0質量%,室溫下攪拌24小時 後得聚醯胺酸(A-5 )之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液之溫度25 °C下的黏度爲254.7mPa · s。又該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn = 27,447,Mw = 59,03 8。 &lt;實施例21&gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(C-1) 氮氣下將 p-PDA 2.00g( 1 8.5 0mmol ) 、DA-D 1.2269g -95- 201033249The above nitro compound (47.07 g, 106 mmol) was placed in a 1 L four-necked flask and suspended in 560 ml of ethanol. After the system was degassed and replaced with nitrogen, palladium carbon (4.71 g) was added and then replaced with hydrogen. After heating and stirring at room temperature (50 ° C) for 8 days, palladium carbon was removed by filtration using diatomaceous earth, and the solvent was distilled off. The obtained solid was dissolved in 200 ml of 1,2-dichloroethane, and then 70 ml of hexane was added thereto to carry out recrystallization. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give a white solid. The yield was 39.54 g and the yield was 87.5%. The obtained solid was subjected to A-NMR, and was confirmed to be DA-H. 'H NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 5ppm): 1.45(s, 18H), 1.78( quin, J = 6.4Hz, 4H), 2.48(t, J = 6.4Hz, 4H), 3.45(q, J = -94 - 201033249 6·4Ηζ, 4H), 4.69(bs, 1H), 6.36(s, 1H). &lt;Example 19&gt; Preparation of a solution of poly-proline (A-4) p-PDA 1.728 1 g (1 6.47 mmol), DA-A 0.9 5 0 9 g (4.07 mmol) and NMP 46.12 g were attached The sample evacuation device and the nitrogen introduction tube were placed in a 100 mL four-necked flask, and nitrogen was added while stirring. While stirring the diamine solution, CBDA 3.8093 g (19.43 mmol) was added, and then 0 NMP was added thereto to have a solid concentration of 1 〇 mass%, and the solution of polyglycine (A-4) was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The polyglycine solution had a viscosity at 25 ° C of 149 mPa·s. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 18,136, Mw = 37,265 〇 &lt;Example 20&gt; The solution of the poly-proline (A-5) was adjusted to p-PDA 0.8665 g ( 8.01 3 mmol ) , DA- H 0.8442g (1.998 mmol) and NMP 25.31 g were placed in a φ 1 OO mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, and stirred and dissolved while feeding nitrogen. While stirring the diamine solution, CBDA 1.9047 g (9.713 mmol) was added, and NMP was added thereto to have a solid concentration of 10% by mass. After stirring at room temperature for 24 hours, a solution of polyamine acid (A-5) was obtained. The viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C was 254.7 mPa · s. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 27,447, Mw = 59,03. &lt;Example 21&gt; Modulation of polyphthalate resin (C-1) p-PDA 2.00 g (18.5 mmol) under nitrogen, DA-D 1.2269 g -95- 201033249

(4.624mmol ) 、NMP 167.67g 及驗用之啦 0定 4.2 1 g ( 53_26mmol)放入附攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶中,攪拌 溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入1,3DM-CBDE-C1 7.216g ( 22.19mmol ),水冷下反應4小時。將所得的聚 醯胺酸酯之溶液投入攪拌中的水882g中,再濾取析出之 白色沉澱物。接著以水8 89g洗淨1次,再以乙醇8 8 2g洗 淨1次,其後以乙醇221g洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色聚醯 胺酸酯樹脂粉末(C-l) 7.22g。產率爲81.8%。又該聚醯 胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 20,469,Mw = 40,025。 &lt;實施例22&gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(C-2) 氮氣下將 P-PDA 2.00g ( 1 8.50mmol ) ' DA-B 1.296 1 g (4.624mmol ) 、NMP 1 6 8.9 8 g 及鹼用之吡啶 4 · 2 1 g ( 53.26mm〇l)放入附攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶中,攪拌 溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入1,3DM-CBDE-C1 7.216g ( 22.19mmol ),水冷下反應4小時。將所得的聚 醯胺酸酯溶液投入攪拌中的水8 89g中,再濾取析出之白 色沉澱物。接著以水889g洗淨1次’再以乙醇889g洗淨 1次,其後以乙醇222g洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色聚醯胺酸 酯樹脂粉末(C-2 ) 7.79g。產率爲87.6%。又該聚醯胺酸 酯之分子量爲 Mn = 20,886’ Mw = 45,830。 &lt;實施例23 &gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(C-3 ) 氮氣下將 P-PDA 1.50g(13.87mmol) 、DA-E 1.5 9 7g -96- 201033249 (3.468mmol ) 、NMP 65.26g 及鹼用之吡啶 3.13g( 3 9.5 3mmol)放入附攪拌裝置之3 00mL四口燒瓶中,攪拌 溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入1,3DM-CBDE-C1 5.3 5 56g ( 16.47mmol ),水冷下反應4小時。4小時後將 NMP 72.5lg加入反應溶液中,室溫(2〇°c)下攪拌15分 鐘。將所得的聚醯胺酸酯之溶液投入攪拌中的水7 2 5 g中 ,再濾取析出之白色沉澱。接著以水725g洗淨1次,再 ❹ 以乙醇725 g洗淨1次,其後以乙醇I81g洗淨3次,乾燥 後得白色聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末(C-3 ) 3.76g。產率爲 51.8%。又該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn = 20,52 5, Mw = 43,3 95。 &lt;實施例24&gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(C-4) 氮氣下將 P-PDA 2.50g (23.11mmol) 、DA-A 1.3715g (5.80mmol ) 、NMP 9 7.1 6 g 及鹼用之吡啶 5 · 2 1 g ( φ 65.8 9mmol )放入附攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶中,攪拌 溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入1,3DM-CBDE-C1 8.926g ( 27.45mmol ),水冷下反應4小時。4小時後將 NMP 107_95g加入反應溶液中,室溫(20t:)下攪拌15 分鐘。將所得的聚醯胺酸酯溶液投入攪拌中的水l〇80g中 ,再濾取析出的白色沉澱物。接著以水1 08 0g洗淨1次, 再以乙醇1 080g洗淨1次,其後以乙醇270g洗淨3次, 乾燥後得白色聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末(C-4 ) 9.17g。產率爲 85.2%。又該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn= 1 7,573, -97- 201033249(4.624mmol), NMP 167.67g and the test 0. 4.2 1 g (53_26mmol) was placed in a 300mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and stirred to dissolve. Next, while stirring the diamine solution, 7.216 g (22.19 mmol) of 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained solution of the polyphthalate was put into 882 g of water which was stirred, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration. Then, the mixture was washed once with water (8,89 g), and then washed with ethanol (8,82 g), and then washed three times with 221 g of ethanol, and dried to obtain 7.22 g of a white polyphthalic acid ester resin powder (C-1). The yield was 81.8%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamidite ester was Mn = 20,469 and Mw = 40,025. &lt;Example 22&gt; Modulation of polyphthalate resin (C-2) P-PDA 2.00 g (1 8.50 mmol) of 'DA-B 1.296 1 g (4.624 mmol), NMP 1 6 8.9 8 g under nitrogen The pyridine 4·2 1 g (53.26 mm 〇l) for the base was placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device, and stirred to dissolve. Next, while stirring the diamine solution, 7.216 g (22.19 mmol) of 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyphthalate solution was placed in 8 89 g of water which was stirred, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration. Subsequently, it was washed once with 889 g of water and then washed once with 889 g of ethanol, and then washed three times with 222 g of ethanol, and dried to obtain 7.79 g of a white polyamine resin powder (C-2). The yield was 87.6%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 20,886' Mw = 45,830. &lt;Example 23&gt; Modification of polyphthalate resin (C-3) P-PDA 1.50 g (13.87 mmol), DA-E 1.5 9 7 g -96-201033249 (3.468 mmol), NMP 65.26 g under nitrogen 3.13 g (3 9.5 3 mmol) of pyridine with a base was placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring apparatus, and stirred and dissolved. Next, 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 5.3 5 56g (16.47 mmol) was added while stirring the diamine solution, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, NMP 72.5 lg was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (2 ° C) for 15 minutes. The resulting solution of the polyglycolate was placed in a stirred water of 725 g, and the precipitated white precipitate was filtered off. Subsequently, the mixture was washed once with 725 g of water, and further washed with 725 g of ethanol, and then washed three times with ethanol (81 g), and dried to obtain 3.76 g of a white polyphthalate resin powder (C-3). The yield was 51.8%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate is Mn = 20,52 5, Mw = 43,3 95. &lt;Example 24&gt; Modification of polyphthalate resin (C-4) 2.50 g (23.11 mmol) of P-PDA, 1.3715 g (5.80 mmol) of DA-A, NMP 9 7.1 6 g and alkali were used under nitrogen. Pyridine 5 · 2 1 g (φ 65.8 9 mmol) was placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer and stirred to dissolve. Next, while stirring the diamine solution, 1,926 g (27.45 mmol) of 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, 107 g of 95 mg of NMP was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (20 t:) for 15 minutes. The obtained polyphthalate solution was placed in a stirred water of 80 g, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration. Then, it was washed once with water of 980 g, and then washed once with 1 080 g of ethanol, and then washed three times with 270 g of ethanol, and dried to obtain 9.17 g of a white polyphthalate resin powder (C-4). The yield was 85.2%. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate is Mn = 17,573, -97- 201033249

Mw = 37,258。 &lt;實施例25&gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(C_5 ) 氮氣下將 P - P D A 1.4 2 0 g ( 1 3 · 1 3 mm ο 1 ) 、DA-H 1.3 872g( 3.283mmol) 、NMP 59.54g 及鹼用之妣啶 2_87g ( 36.24mmol)放入附攪拌裝置之300niL四口燒瓶中,攪 拌溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入1,3DM-CBDE-C1 4_9099g ( 1 5.1 Ommol ) ’水冷下反應4小時。4小時後將 NMP 66.15g加入反應溶液中,室溫(2〇°C)下攪拌15分 鐘。將所得的聚醯胺酸酯溶液投入攪拌中的水662g中, 再濾取析出之白色沉澱物。接著以水662g洗淨1次,再 以乙醇662g洗淨1次’其後以乙醇i65g洗淨3次,乾燥 後得白色聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末(C-5) 5.11g。產率爲 77·3 %。又該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn= 1 4,72 4, M w = 2 7,1 5 0 〇 &lt;比較合成例2&gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(D-l ) 氮氣下將 P-PDA 0.699g ( 64.64mmol ) 、NMP 427.1 g 及鹼用之吡啶 11.65g( 1 47.3 8 mmol )放入附攪拌裝置之 50mL四口燒瓶中,攪拌溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同 時加入 1 ,3DM-CBDE-C1 1 9.9657g ( 61.41mmol ),水冷下 反應4小時。將所得的聚醯胺酸酯溶液投入攪拌中的水 2 24 8g中,再濾取析出的白色沉澱。接著以水2248g洗淨 1次,再以乙醇2248g洗淨1次,其後以乙醇562g洗淨3 201033249 次,乾燥後得白色聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(D-l )粉末22.10g。 產率爲98.4%。又該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn=16,813, Mw = 3 8,585 〇 &lt;實施例26&gt;調製液晶配向劑(A-4) 以放入攪拌子的50mL三角燒瓶分取實施例19所得的 聚醯胺酸(A-4)溶液6.18g後,加入NMP 1.60g及BCS φ 1.99g,再以磁力攪拌器攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(A- 4 ) 〇 &lt;實施例27&gt;調製液晶配向劑(A-5 ) 以放入攪拌子的50mL三角燒瓶分取實施例20所得的 聚醯胺酸(A-5)溶液5.87g後’加入NMP 1.15g及BCS 1 .76g,再以磁力攪拌器攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向劑(A-5 )= &lt;實施例28&gt;調製液晶配向劑(C-1 ) 以三角燒瓶分取實施例21所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末1.65g後加入γ-BL 14.95g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將γ-BL 5.43g及BCS 5.55g加入該溶液中,以磁力攪 拌器攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向劑(C-1 )。 &lt;實施例29&gt;調製液晶配向劑(C-2 ) 以三角燒瓶分取實施例22所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 -99- 201033249 末0.733g後加入γ-BL 6.60g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將γ-BL 2.48g及BCS 2.45g加入該溶液中’以磁力攪 拌器攪拌30分鐘後,得液晶配向劑(C-2) ° &lt;實施例30&gt;調製液晶配向劑(C-3 ) 以三角燒瓶分取實施例23所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末0.907g後加入γ-BL 8.18g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將γ-BL 3.06g及BCS 3.04g加入該溶液中’以磁力攪 拌器攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(C-3 )。 &lt;實施例31&gt;調製液晶配向劑(C-4 ) 以三角燒瓶分取實施例2 4所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末0.802g後加入γ-BL 7.23g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將γ-BL 2.78g及BCS 2.68g加入該溶液中,以磁力攪 拌器攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向劑(C-4 )。 &lt;實施例32&gt;調製液晶配向劑(C-5 ) 以三角燒瓶分取實施例25所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末0.755g後加入γ-BL 7.57g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將γ-BL 2.65g及BCS 2.55g加入該溶液中,以磁力攪 拌器攪拌30分鐘後,得液晶配向劑(C-5)。 &lt;比較例4&gt;調製液晶配向劑(D-1 ) 以三角燒瓶分取比較合成例2所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂 -100- 201033249 粉末l.〇2g後加入DMF 9.21g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將γ-BL 3.29g及BCS 3.39g加入該溶液中,以磁力攪 拌器攪拌3 0分鐘後,得液晶配向劑(D-1 )。 &lt;實施例33&gt; 除了使用實施例26所得的液晶配向劑(A-4 )外,同 實施例11之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。觀察 φ 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果觀察到來自摩擦的傷痕,但 比起比較例2較輕微。又未觀察到聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚 醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例34&gt; 除了使用實施例27所得的液晶配向劑(A-5 )外,同 實施例11之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。觀察 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到來自摩擦的傷痕、 φ 聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例35&gt; 使用Ι.Ομηι之濾器過濾實施例28所得的液晶配向劑 (C-1)後,旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於80 °C之熱板上乾燥5分鐘,以23 (TC焙燒1小時後,得膜厚 lOOnm之聚醯亞胺膜。使用螺縈布摩擦該聚醯亞胺膜(滾 軸120mm、回轉數lOOOrpm、移動速度20mm/sec、壓入量 〇.4mm )後,觀察聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到 -101 - 201033249 來自摩擦的傷痕、聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例36&gt; 除了使用實施例29所得的液晶配向劑(C-2 )外,同 實施例35之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。觀察 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到來自摩擦的傷痕、 聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例3 7 &gt; 除了使用實施例3 0所得的液晶配向劑(C-3 )外,同 實施例35之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。觀察 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果觀察到來自摩擦的傷痕及聚 醯亞胺膜之削屑,但比起後述之比較例5較輕微。又未觀 察到聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例3 8 &gt; 除了使用實施例3 1所得的液晶配向劑(C-4 )外’同 實施例35之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進行摩擦處理。觀察 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果觀察到來自摩擦的傷痕’但 比起後述之比較例5較輕微。又未觀察到聚醯亞胺膜之削 屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例39&gt; 除了使用實施例3 2所得的液晶配向劑(c -5 )外’同 -102- 201033249 實施例35之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果未觀察到 聚醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;比較例5 &gt; 除了使用比較例4所得的液晶配向 實施例35之方法製作聚醯亞胺膜,進1 _ 聚醯亞胺膜之表面狀態,結果觀察到來丨 醯亞胺膜之削屑及聚醯亞胺膜剝離。 &lt;實施例40&gt; 除了使用實施例26所得的液晶配向 實施例1 4製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確読 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏为 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均与 φ 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。 子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 &lt;實施例41&gt; 除了使用實施例2 7所得的液晶配向 實施例1 4製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確言 態,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以H 液晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之ί 液晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密左 摩擦處理。觀察 自摩擦的傷痕、 劑(D-1 )外,同 摩擦處理。觀察 摩擦的傷痕、聚 劑(Α-4)外,同 丨、液晶之配向狀態 i顯微鏡觀察該液 J配向。測定該液 電壓保持率及離 劑(A - 5 )外,同 〖、該液晶之配向狀 5光顯微鏡觀察該 J勻配向。測定該 ί。電壓保持率及 -103- 201033249 離子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 &lt;實施例42&gt; 使用1 .Ομιη之濾器過濾實施例28所得的液晶配向劑 (C-1)後’旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於80 °C之熱板上乾燥5分鐘,以230°C焙燒1小時後,得膜厚 lOOnm之聚醯亞胺膜。使用螺縈布摩擦該聚醯亞胺膜(滾 軸徑120mm、回轉數l〇〇〇rpm、移動速度20mm/sec、壓入 量0.4mm)後,純水中照射1分鐘超音波進行洗淨,吹風 去除水滴後,80°C下乾燥10分鐘,得附液晶配向膜之基 板。準備2枚該附液晶配向膜之基板,將6μιη之調距器分 散於一方基板的液晶配向膜面後,以自逆平行扭轉85度 之條件組合2枚基板的摩擦方向,再以殘留液晶注入口之 條件密封四周,製作單元間隙爲6μηι之空單元。常溫下將 液晶(MLC-2003,Merck公司製)真空注入該空單元中, 密封注入口後得扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該 液晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該 液晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及 離子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 &lt;實施例43&gt; 除了使用實施例29所得的液晶配向劑(C-2 )外,同 實施例42製作扭轉向列液晶單元’確認該液晶之配向狀 態,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該 -104- 201033249 液晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均句配向。測定該 液晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及 離子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示° &lt;實施例44&gt; 除了使用實施例3 0所得的液晶配向劑(C - 3 )外’同 實施例42製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 &lt;實施例45&gt; 除了使用實施例3 1所得的液晶配向劑(C-4 )外’同 實施例42製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 φ ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 &lt;實施例46&gt; 除了使用實施例32所得的液晶配向劑(C-5 )外,同 實施例42製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 -105- 201033249 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電 子密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 &lt;比較例6 &gt; 除了使用比較例4所得的液晶配向劑( 實施例42製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶 及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微$1 單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。 單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓傍 密度之測定結果如後述之表1所示。 實施例14至實施例16、實施例40至實 較例3及比較例6的電壓保持率及離子密度5 表1所示。 。測定該液 保持率及離 )外,同 之配向狀態 :觀察該液晶 測定該液晶 :持率及離子 施例46、比 :測定結果如 -106- 201033249 [表i] 液晶配向劑 電壓保持率「%1 離子密度[pC/cm2] 23〇C 60°C 90°C 23〇C 60°C 實施例Η A-1 99.3 98.7 94.1 10 18 實施例15 A-2 99.3 98.8 94.4 5 11 實施例16 A-3 99.4 99.1 96.7 3 4 實施例40 A-4 99.0 97.2 91.9 40 176 實施例41 A-5 99.3 98.2 93.3 21 127 實施例42 C-1 99.6 98.0 90.2 6 59 實施例43 C-2 99.8 99.1 96.2 24 42 實施例44 C-3 99.8 99.3 96.5 45 271 實施例45 C-4 99.6 98.0 90.2 18 155 實施例46 C-5 99.8 99.2 96.2 48 55 比較例3 B-1 99.1 97.4 86.7 50 256 比較例6 D-1 99.3 95.9 82.0 185 844 &lt;實施例47&gt; 使用1 ·〇μηα之濾器過濾實施例8所得的液晶配向劑( Α-1)後’旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於80-c 〇 之熱板上乾燥5分鐘’以2301焙燒20分鐘後,得膜厚 10 0nm之聚醯亞胺膜。介有偏光板將照射量爲〗〇J/cm2之 254nm的紫外線照射於該塗膜面上,得附液晶配向膜之基 板。準備2枚該附液晶配向膜之基板,將6μπι之調距器分 散於一方基板的液晶配向膜面後,以自平行扭轉85度之 條件組合2枚基板的配向方向,再以殘留液晶注入口之條 件密封四周,製作單元間隙爲6μιη之空單元。常溫下將液 晶(MLC-2 0 03,Merck公司製)真空注入該空單元中,再 密封注入口得扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 -107- 201033249 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例48&gt; 除了使用實施例9所得的液晶配向劑(A-2 )外,同 實施例47製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶 單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液晶 單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離子 密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例49&gt; 除了使用實施例1 〇所得的液晶配向劑(A-3 )外,同 實施例47製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示° &lt;實施例50&gt; 除了使用實施例26所得的液晶配向劑(A-4 )外’同 實施例4 7製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 -108 - 201033249 晶單元之配向狀態’確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例51&gt; 除了使用實施例27所得的液晶配向劑(A-5)外’同 實施例4 7製作扭轉向列液晶單元’確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;比較例7 &gt; 除了使用比較例1所得的液晶配向劑(B-1 )外,同 實施例47製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 〇 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例52&gt; 使用1·Ομηι之濾器過濾實施例28所得的液晶配向劑 (C-1 )後,旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於8〇 °C之熱板上乾燥5分鐘,以2 3 01焙燒1小時後,得膜厚 -109- 201033249 lOOnm之聚醯亞胺膜。介有偏光板將照射量爲loj/cm2之 25 4nm的紫外線照射於該塗膜面,得附液晶配向膜之基板 。準備2枚該附液晶配向膜之基板,將6μιη之調距器分散 於一方基板之液晶配向膜面後,以自平行扭轉85度之條 件組合2枚基板的配向方向,再以殘留液晶注入口之條件 密封四周’製作單元間隙爲4μηι之空單元。常溫下將液晶 (MLC-2 00 3,Merck公司製)真空注入該空單元中,密封 注入口後得扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶 ^ 單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液晶 單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離子 密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例53&gt; 除了使用實施例29所得的液晶配向劑(C-2 )外,同 實施例52製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 © 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例54&gt; 除了使用實施例30所得的液晶配向劑(C-3 )外,同 實施例52製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 • 110 - .201033249 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例55&gt; 除了使用實施例3 1所得的液晶配向劑(C-4 )外,同 實施例5 2製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀 察該液晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測 定該液晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持 率及離子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;實施例56&gt; 除了使用實施例32所得的液晶配向劑(C-5 )外,同 實施例52製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 〇 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 &lt;比較例8 &gt; 除了使用比較例4所得的液晶配向劑(D-1 )外,同 實施例52製作扭轉向列液晶單元,確認液晶之配向狀態 ,及測定電壓保持率與離子密度。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液 -111 - 201033249 晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均句配向。測定該液 晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度。電壓保持率及離 子密度之測定結果如後述之表2所示。 表2爲實施例47至實施例56及比較例7至比較例8 之電壓保持率及離子密度的測定結果。 [表2] 液晶配向劑 電壓保持率[%] 離子密度[pC/cm2] 23〇C 60°C 90°C 23〇C 60°C 實施例47 A-1 99.2 96.4 83.2 151 2056 實施例48 A-2 99.2 94.4 72.2 262 4475 實施例49 A-3 99.3 97.6 87.6 22 1013 實施例50 A-4 99.1 95.2 79.2 617 1779 實施例51 A-5 99.3 98.4 93.2 32 501 實施例52 C-1 98.9 90.9 57.9 1576 8717 實施例53 C-2 98.9 90.4 57.7 1721 9235 實施例54 C-3 98.8 87.3 46.7 2943 12430 實施例55 C-4 97.4 85.3 43.3 1332 7334 實施例56 C-5 99.1 92.78 65.6 625 10720 比較例7 B-1 98.6 90.1 64.3 630 5055 比較例8 D-1 97.0 72.8 18.8 5103 22820 &lt;實施例57&gt;調製聚醯胺酸酯樹脂(E-1 ) 氮氣下將 P-PDA 1.50g ( 1 3.87mmol ) 、DA-B 0.4090g (1.541mmol ) 、NMP 1 07 ·47g 及鹼用之吡啶 2 · 8 2g ( 3 5.67mmol)放入附攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶中,攪拌 溶解。其次攪拌該二胺溶液的同時加入1,3DMCBDE-C1 4.83g(14.86mmol),水冷下反應4小時。將所得的聚醯 胺酸酯溶液投入攪拌中的水566g中’再濾取析出的白色 -112- .201033249 沉澱。接著以水566g洗淨1次’再以乙醇566g洗淨1次 ’其後以乙醇141g洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色聚醯胺酸酯 樹脂(E-1)粉末4.92g。產率爲87.0%。又該聚醯胺酸酯 之分子量爲 Mn=17,828,Mw = 3l,832。 &lt;實施例5 8 &gt; 以三角燒瓶分取合成例57所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 ❹ 末l.〇2g後加入γ-BL 9.18g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶解 。將矽烷偶合劑用之3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷 (以下簡稱爲GPS )之1.0質量% γ-丁內酯溶液l.〇3g加 入該溶液中,50°C下加熱攪拌24小時。將γ-ΒΖ 2.41g及 BCS 3.41g加入所得溶液中,以磁力攪拌器攪拌30分鐘, 調製聚醯胺酸酯溶液。 將醯亞胺化促進劑用之Ν-α, Ν-ω1,Ν-ω2-三-t-丁氧基 羰基-L-精胺酸(以下簡稱爲Boc-Arg) 0.0906g(相對於 φ 醯胺酸酯基1莫耳爲0.1莫耳當量)加入上述聚醯胺酸酯 溶液5.75g中,室溫下攪拌30分鐘使Boc-Arg完全溶解 後,得本發明之液晶配向劑(E-la)。 &lt;比較例9 &gt; 以三角燒瓶分取比較合成例2所得的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂 粉未1.04g後加入DMF 9_35g,室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解。將矽烷偶合劑用之GPS的ι·〇質量% γ_ 丁內醋溶液 l.〇7g加入該溶液中’ 50°C下加熱攪拌24小時。將y_bl -113- 201033249 2.71g及BCS 3.06g加入所得溶液中,以磁力攪拌器攪拌 3〇分鐘,調製聚醯胺酸酯溶液。 將醯亞胺化促進劑用之Boc-Arg 0.0775g (相對於醯 胺酸酯基1莫耳爲0.1莫耳當量)加入上述聚醯胺酸酯溶 液5.42g中,室溫下攪拌30分鐘使Boc-Arg完全溶解, 得液晶配向劑(D -1 a )。 &lt;實施例59&gt; 使用Ι.ΟμΓη之濾器過濾實施例58所得的液晶配向劑 (E-la)後,旋塗於附透明電極之玻璃基板上,再置於80 °C之熱板上乾燥5分鐘,以230°C焙燒20分鐘後,得膜厚 10 0nm之聚醯亞胺膜。介有偏光板將照射量爲l.〇J/cm2之 254iim的紫外線照射於該塗膜面,得附液晶配向膜之基板 。準備2枚該附液晶配向膜之基板,將4μιη之調距器散布 於一方基板之液晶配向膜面後,以自平行扭轉8 5度之條 件組合2枚基板之配向方向,再以殘留液晶注入口之條件 密封四周,製作單元間隙爲4μιη之空單元。常溫下將液晶 (MLC-2 04 1,Merck公司製)真空注入該空單元中,密封 注入口後得扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該液晶 單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該液晶 單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度,結果電壓保持率爲 23°C 下 99.4%、60°C 下 98.6% ' 90°C 下 95.3%,離子密度 爲 23〇C 下 85cP/cm2、6 0°C T 5 07 cP/cm2 ° -114- 201033249 &lt;比較例1 〇 &gt; 除了使用比較例9所得的液晶配向劑(D-l a )外,同 實施例59製作扭轉向列液晶單元。以偏光顯微鏡觀察該 液晶單元之配向狀態,確認爲無缺陷之均勻配向。測定該 液晶單元之電壓保持率後,測定離子密度,結果電壓保持 率爲 2 3 °C 下 9 9 · 2 %、6 0 °C 下 9 8 . 1 %、9 0 °C 下 9 4 · 9 %,離子 密度爲 23〇C 下 159cP/cm2、6 0°C T 644cP/cm2。 φ 由上述結果可確認,自本發明之液晶配向劑而得的液 晶配向膜爲,既使不添加交聯劑等,實施摩擦處理時也不 易附摩擦傷痕之機械強度優良的液晶配向膜。 又,可確認具有自本發明之液晶配向劑而得的液晶配 向膜之液晶顯示元件爲,即使於高溫下仍可保有高電壓保 持率、低離子密度而具有優良信賴性之液晶顯示元件。 另外可確認,既使將偏光之紫外線照射於本發明的液 晶配向膜上,實施配光處理而賦予液晶配向能時,具有自 φ 本發明之液晶配向劑而得的液晶配向膜之液晶顯示元件爲 ,既使高溫下仍可保有高電壓保持率、低離子密度而具有 優良信賴性之液晶顯示元件。 比較實施例5 9及比較例1 0時可確認,既使本發明之 液晶配向劑添加矽烷偶合劑及其他添加劑,使用自本發明 之液晶配向劑而得的液晶配向膜可得,高溫下仍保有高電 壓保持率、低離子密度而具有優良信賴性之液晶顯示元件 -115- 201033249 [產業上利用可能性] 使用本發明之液晶配向劑可得,實施摩擦處理 附摩擦傷痕而具有優良機械強度之液晶配向膜,且 液晶配向膜時可得較少顯示不良之液晶顯示元件。 本發明之液晶配向膜時,不論配向處理方法爲何仍 高溫下保有高電壓保持率、低離子密度而具有優良 之液晶顯示元件等,本發明之液晶配向劑適用爲液 元件之構件用的液晶配向膜。 本發明之聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺因含有被 保護之1級或2級脂肪族胺,故燒成時可脫離Boc 分子間交聯,因此可提供機械強度優良之聚醯亞胺 聚醯亞胺膜適用於保護膜及電子裝置之用途,特別 配向膜。 又,本發明之二胺化合物爲,含有被Boc基保 級或2級脂肪族胺的構造,因此最適合作爲製造本 聚醯亞胺先驅物及聚醯亞胺及使用此等之液晶配向 原料。 又,引用2008年10月29日所申請之日本專 2008-2783 17號說明書、申請專利範圍及摘要的全 ,且納入本發明之說明書所揭示的內容。 時不易 使用該 又使用 可得, 信賴性 晶顯不 B 〇 c基 基進行 膜,該 是液晶 護之1 發明之 膜用的 利申請 部內容 -116 -Mw = 37,258. &lt;Example 25&gt; Modification of polyphthalate resin (C_5) P-PDA 1.4 2 0 g (1 3 · 1 3 mm ο 1 ), DA-H 1.3 872 g (3.283 mmol), NMP 59.54 g under nitrogen The acridine 2_87g (36.24 mmol) for the base was placed in a 300 niL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device, and stirred to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred while adding 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 4_9099 g (1 5.1 Ommol) to react under water cooling for 4 hours. After 4 hours, 66.15 g of NMP was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (2 ° C) for 15 minutes. The obtained polyphthalate solution was placed in 662 g of water which was stirred, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration. Then, it was washed once with 662 g of water and then washed once with 662 g of ethanol. Then, it was washed three times with ethanol i65 g, and dried to obtain 5.11 g of a white polyphthalate resin powder (C-5). The yield was 77.3 %. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamidomate was Mn = 1 4, 72 4, M w = 2 7,1 5 0 〇 &lt;Comparative Synthesis Example 2&gt; Modulation of polyphthalate resin (Dl) Under nitrogen, P- PDA 0.699 g (64.64 mmol), NMP 427.1 g, and base pyridine 11.65 g (1 47.3 8 mmol) were placed in a 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring apparatus, and stirred to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred while adding 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 1 9.9657 g (61.41 mmol), and reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyphthalate solution was poured into 2,24 g of water under stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was filtered off. Then, it was washed once with 2248 g of water, and once with 2248 g of ethanol, and then washed with 562 g of ethanol for 3, 2010,33,249 times, and dried to obtain 22.10 g of a white polyphthalate resin (D-1) powder. The yield was 98.4%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 16,813, Mw = 3,585 〇 &lt;Example 26&gt; Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent (A-4) The 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask placed in a stirrer was used to obtain the obtained Example 19. After 6.18 g of a solution of the polyaminic acid (A-4), 1.60 g of NMP and 1.99 g of BCS φ were added, followed by stirring for 30 minutes with a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (A-4) 〇 &lt;Example 27&gt; Liquid crystal alignment agent (A-5) After adding 5.87 g of the polylysine (A-5) solution obtained in Example 20 in a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask placed in a stir bar, 'NMP 1.15 g and BCS 1.76 g were added, and then The magnetic stirrer was stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (A-5) = &lt;Example 28&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (C-1) was prepared. The polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Example 21 was fractionated in a conical flask. After 1.65 g, 14.95 g of γ-BL was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved. γ-BL 5.43 g and BCS 5.55 g were added to the solution, and stirred in a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (C-1). &lt;Example 29&gt; Modulation of liquid crystal alignment agent (C-2) The polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Example 22 was fractionated in a conical flask to -99-201033249 at the end of 0.733 g, and γ-BL 6.60 g was added thereto at room temperature. Stir for 24 hours to dissolve. γ-BL 2.48 g and BCS 2.45 g were added to the solution. After stirring for 30 minutes with a magnetic stirrer, a liquid crystal alignment agent (C-2) was obtained. <Example 30> A liquid crystal alignment agent (C-3) was prepared. In a conical flask, 0.907 g of the polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Example 23 was added, and 8.18 g of γ-BL was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved. γ-BL 3.06 g and BCS 3.04 g were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (C-3). &lt;Example 31&gt; Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent (C-4) 0.802 g of the polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Example 24 was placed in an Erlenmeyer flask, and then 7.23 g of γ-BL was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. It dissolves. γ-BL 2.78 g and BCS 2.68 g were added to the solution, and stirred in a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (C-4). &lt;Example 32&gt; Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent (C-5) 0.755 g of the polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Example 25 was placed in a conical flask, and then 7.57 g of γ-BL was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Dissolved. γ-BL 2.65 g and BCS 2.55 g were added to the solution, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (C-5). &lt;Comparative Example 4&gt; Preparation of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent (D-1) The polyacetate resin obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 2 was dispensed in a conical flask - 100 - 201033249 powder 2. After 2 g, DMF 9.21 g was added at room temperature. Stir for 24 hours to dissolve. γ-BL 3.29 g and BCS 3.39 g were added to the solution, and stirred for 30 minutes with a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (D-1). &lt;Example 33&gt; A polyimide film was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-4) obtained in Example 26 was used, and rubbing treatment was carried out. The surface state of the φ polyimine film was observed, and as a result, a scratch from the friction was observed, but it was milder than Comparative Example 2. No peeling of the polyimide film and peeling of the polyimide film were observed. &lt;Example 34&gt; A polyimide film was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-5) obtained in Example 27 was used, and rubbing treatment was carried out. The surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and as a result, no scratches from the friction, swarf of the φ polyimine film, and peeling of the polyimide film were observed. &lt;Example 35&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (C-1) obtained in Example 28 was filtered using a filter of Ι.Οηηι, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and then dried on a hot plate at 80 °C. 5 minutes, after 23 hours of TC calcination, a polyimine film having a film thickness of 100 nm was obtained. The polyimine film was rubbed with a screw cloth (roller 120 mm, number of revolutions 1000 rpm, moving speed 20 mm/sec, pressure) After the amount of 〇.4 mm), the surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and as a result, no scratches from -101 - 201033249, scratches on the polyimide film, and peeling of the polyimide film were observed. Example 36&gt; A polyimide film was produced in the same manner as in Example 35 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-2) obtained in Example 29 was used, and rubbing treatment was carried out. The surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and the result was not observed. The scratches from the rubbing, the shavings of the polyimide film, and the polyimide film were peeled off. <Example 3 7> In addition to the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-3) obtained in Example 30, the same was carried out. The method of Example 35 was carried out to prepare a polyimide film for rubbing treatment. The surface of the polyimide film was observed. As a result, the scratches from the rubbing and the shavings of the polyimide film were observed, but it was slightly milder than the comparative example 5 described later. No peeling of the polyimide film was observed. <Example 3 8 &gt; Example 3 1 The liquid crystal alignment agent (C-4) obtained was produced in the same manner as in Example 35, and subjected to a rubbing treatment. The surface state of the polyimide film was observed, and the scratches from the friction were observed. 'But it was slightly milder than Comparative Example 5 described later. No swarf of the polyimide film and peeling of the polyimide film were observed. <Example 39> In addition to the use of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Example 32 ( c -5 ) External 'same-102-201033249 The method of Example 35 was made to produce a polyimide film, and the surface state of the polyimide film was observed. As a result, no shavings and polyimine of the polyimide film were observed. Film peeling. <Comparative Example 5 &gt; In addition to the method of using the liquid crystal alignment obtained in Comparative Example 4, the polyimide film was produced by the method of Example 35, and the surface state of the polyimide film was observed. Film shavings and polyimine film peeling. &lt;Example 40&gt; The liquid crystal alignment obtained in Example 26 was used to prepare a twisted nematic liquid crystal cell, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the crystal unit was confirmed to be the defect-free and the φ crystal unit. The ion density was measured after the voltage holding ratio. The measurement results of the subdensity are shown in Table 1 below. &lt;Example 41&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced by using the liquid crystal alignment Example 14 obtained in Example 27, and it was confirmed State, and measure voltage retention and ion density. After confirming the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell without defects after the alignment state of the H liquid crystal cell, the ion-tight left rubbing treatment was measured. Observe the self-friction scar and the agent (D-1), and rub the same. Observe the friction scar, the polymer (Α-4), and the alignment state of the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal. The liquid voltage holding ratio and the separating agent (A - 5 ) were measured, and the alignment of the liquid crystal was observed by the light microscope of the liquid crystal. Determine the ί. Voltage holding ratio and -103-201033249 The measurement results of the ion density are shown in Table 1 below. &lt;Example 42&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (C-1) obtained in Example 28 was filtered using a filter of 1. Ομηη, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and then dried on a hot plate at 80 °C. After baking at 230 ° C for 1 hour for 5 minutes, a polyimide film having a film thickness of 100 nm was obtained. Rubbing the polyimide film with a snail cloth (roller diameter: 120 mm, number of revolutions: 〇〇〇 rpm, moving speed: 20 mm/sec, press-in amount: 0.4 mm), and then washing the pure water for 1 minute for ultrasonic cleaning. After the water droplets were removed by air blowing, they were dried at 80 ° C for 10 minutes to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Two substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and a 6 μm shifter was dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates, and then the rubbing direction of the two substrates was combined under the condition of reverse-parallel twisting of 85 degrees, and the residual liquid crystal was injected. The conditions of the inlet are sealed around, and an empty cell having a cell gap of 6 μm is produced. Liquid crystal (MLC-2003, manufactured by Merck) was vacuum-injected into the empty cell at room temperature, and the nematic liquid crystal cell was twisted after sealing the injection port. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 1 which will be described later. &lt;Example 43&gt; The twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 42 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-2) obtained in Example 29 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The orientation state of the liquid crystal cell of -104-201033249 was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that the film was aligned without defects. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 1 below. <Example 44> A twisted nematic liquid crystal was produced in the same manner as in Example 42 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-3) obtained in Example 30 was used. The unit confirms the alignment state of the liquid crystal, and measures the voltage holding ratio and the ion density. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 1 which will be described later. &lt;Example 45&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 42 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-4) obtained in Example 31 was used, and the alignment state φ of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and ion density were measured. . The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 1 which will be described later. &lt;Example 46&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 42 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-5) obtained in Example 32 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The ion state of the liquid-105-201033249 crystal unit was observed by a polarizing microscope, and the ion density was measured after confirming the voltage holding ratio of the uniform crystal unit without defects. The measurement results of the electron density are shown in Table 1 which will be described later. &lt;Comparative Example 6 &gt; In addition to the use of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 4 (Twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in Example 42, the liquid crystal and the measured voltage holding ratio and the ion density were confirmed. The alignment state of the polarized microscopic unit of $1 was confirmed. For the uniform alignment without defects, the ion density was measured after the voltage holding ratio of the unit. The measurement results of the voltage 傍 density are shown in Table 1 below. Example 14 to Example 16, Example 40 to Example 3, and comparison The voltage holding ratio and the ion density of Example 6 are shown in Table 1. The liquid retention rate and the separation are measured, and the alignment state is observed. The liquid crystal is measured by the liquid crystal: the retention ratio and the ion application 46. Ratio: Measurement result For example, -106- 201033249 [Table i] Liquid crystal alignment agent voltage retention rate "%1 ion density [pC/cm2] 23〇C 60°C 90°C 23〇C 60°C Example Η A-1 99.3 98.7 94.1 10 18 Example 15 A-2 99.3 98.8 94.4 5 11 Example 16 A-3 99.4 99.1 96.7 3 4 Example 40 A-4 99.0 97.2 91.9 40 176 Example 41 A-5 99.3 98.2 93.3 21 127 Example 42 C- 1 99.6 98.0 90.2 6 59 Example 43 C-2 99.8 99.1 96.2 24 42 Implementation Example 44 C-3 99.8 99.3 96.5 45 271 Example 45 C-4 99.6 98.0 90.2 18 155 Example 46 C-5 99.8 99.2 96.2 48 55 Comparative Example 3 B-1 99.1 97.4 86.7 50 256 Comparative Example 6 D-1 99.3 95.9 82.0 185 844 &lt;Example 47&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (Α-1) obtained in Example 8 was filtered using a filter of 〇μηα, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and then placed at 80-c. After drying on a hot plate for 5 minutes, the film was baked at 2301 for 20 minutes, and a polyimide film having a film thickness of 100 nm was obtained. The ultraviolet film of 254 nm having an irradiation amount of 〇J/cm 2 was irradiated onto the coating film through a polarizing plate. On the surface, a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film is attached. Two substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film are prepared, and a 6 μm distance shifter is dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates, and then two pieces are combined from a parallel twist of 85 degrees. The alignment direction of the substrate was sealed around the liquid crystal injection port to form an empty cell having a cell gap of 6 μm. Liquid crystal (MLC-2 03, manufactured by Merck) was vacuum-injected into the empty cell at room temperature, and then sealed. The inlet is twisted into the nematic liquid crystal cell. The alignment state of the liquid cell of -107-201033249 was observed by a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 48&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 47 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-2) obtained in Example 9 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal and the measurement voltage holding ratio and the ion density were confirmed. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 49&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 47 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-3) obtained in Example 1 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. <Example 50> A twisted nematic liquid crystal was produced in the same manner as in Example 47 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-4) obtained in Example 26 was used. The unit confirms the alignment state of the liquid crystal, and measures the voltage holding ratio and the ion density. Observation of the alignment state of the liquid cell -108 - 201033249 by a polarizing microscope was confirmed as a uniform alignment without defects. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 51&gt; The twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 47 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (A-5) obtained in Example 27 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Comparative Example 7 &gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 47 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B-1) obtained in Comparative Example 1 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. . The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 52&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (C-1) obtained in Example 28 was filtered using a filter of 1·Ομηι, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and placed on a hot plate at 8 °C. After drying for 5 minutes and baking at 2 3 01 for 1 hour, a polyimide film having a film thickness of -109 to 201033249 lOOnm was obtained. Ultraviolet rays of 25 4 nm having an irradiation amount of loj/cm 2 were applied to the surface of the coating film via a polarizing plate to obtain a substrate to which a liquid crystal alignment film was attached. Two substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and a 6 μm distance adjuster was dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates, and the alignment direction of the two substrates was combined under the condition of a parallel twist of 85 degrees, and the liquid crystal injection port was left. The condition is sealed around the 'empty unit with a cell gap of 4μηι. Liquid crystal (MLC-2 00 3, manufactured by Merck) was vacuum-injected into the empty cell at room temperature, and the nematic liquid crystal cell was twisted after sealing the inlet. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 53&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 52 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-2) obtained in Example 29 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the liquid crystal unit was observed by a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 54&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 52 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-3) obtained in Example 30 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the liquid cell 110-.201033249 crystal unit was observed by a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 55&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 52 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-4) obtained in Example 31 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio was measured. Ion density. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After measuring the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Example 56&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 52 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (C-5) obtained in Example 32 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. &lt;Comparative Example 8&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 52 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (D-1) obtained in Comparative Example 4 was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the voltage holding ratio and the ion density were measured. The alignment state of the liquid crystal of -111 - 201033249 was observed by a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that the uniform orientation of the liquid was not defective. After the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured, the ion density was measured. The measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density are shown in Table 2 to be described later. Table 2 shows the measurement results of the voltage holding ratio and the ion density of Examples 47 to 56 and Comparative Examples 7 to 8. [Table 2] Liquid crystal alignment agent voltage retention rate [%] Ion density [pC/cm2] 23 〇 C 60 ° C 90 ° C 23 〇 C 60 ° C Example 47 A-1 99.2 96.4 83.2 151 2056 Example 48 A -2 99.2 94.4 72.2 262 4475 Example 49 A-3 99.3 97.6 87.6 22 1013 Example 50 A-4 99.1 95.2 79.2 617 1779 Example 51 A-5 99.3 98.4 93.2 32 501 Example 52 C-1 98.9 90.9 57.9 1576 8717 Example 53 C-2 98.9 90.4 57.7 1721 9235 Example 54 C-3 98.8 87.3 46.7 2943 12430 Example 55 C-4 97.4 85.3 43.3 1332 7334 Example 56 C-5 99.1 92.78 65.6 625 10720 Comparative Example 7 B- 1 98.6 90.1 64.3 630 5055 Comparative Example 8 D-1 97.0 72.8 18.8 5103 22820 &lt;Example 57&gt; Modulation of polyphthalate resin (E-1) P-PDA 1.50 g (1 3.87 mmol) under nitrogen, DA -B 0.4090 g (1.541 mmol), NMP 1 07 · 47 g and pyridine 2· 8 2 g (3 5.67 mmol) for the base were placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring apparatus, and stirred and dissolved. Next, while stirring the diamine solution, 4.83 g (14.86 mmol) of 1,3DMCBDE-C1 was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyphthalate solution was poured into 566 g of water which was stirred, and the precipitated white -112-.201033249 was precipitated again. Subsequently, it was washed once with 566 g of water and then washed once with 566 g of ethanol. Then, it was washed three times with 141 g of ethanol, and dried to obtain 4.92 g of a white polyphthalate resin (E-1) powder. The yield was 87.0%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 17,828, Mw = 3l, 832. &lt;Example 5 8&gt; The polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Synthesis Example 57 was fractionated in an Erlenmeyer flask. After 2 g of ruthenium, 9.18 g of γ-BL was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved. 1.0% by mass of γ-butyrolactone solution of decane coupling agent with 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxy decane (hereinafter abbreviated as GPS) was added to the solution at 50 ° C. Stir under heating for 24 hours. γ-ΒΖ 2.41 g and BCS 3.41 g were added to the resulting solution, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to prepare a polyamidate solution.醯-α, Ν-ω1, Ν-ω2-tri-t-butoxycarbonyl-L-arginine (hereinafter abbreviated as Boc-Arg) 0.0906g (relative to φ 醯) used as a ruthenium promoter The amine ester group 1 molar is 0.1 mole equivalent), added to 5.75 g of the above polyglycolate solution, and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes to completely dissolve Boc-Arg, thereby obtaining the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention (E-la) ). &lt;Comparative Example 9 &gt; The polyphthalate resin powder obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 2 was dispensed in an Erlenmeyer flask. After 1.04 g of the powder, DMF 9-35 g was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved. A GPS oxime mass% γ_butane vinegar solution for use in a decane coupling agent was added to the solution at a temperature of 50 ° C for 24 hours. Y_bl-113-201033249 2.71g and BCS 3.06g were added to the resulting solution, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 3 minutes to prepare a polyamidate solution. 0.057 g of Boc-Arg (0.1 mol equivalent relative to the valerate group 1 molar) was added to the ruthenium promoter to 5.42 g of the above polyglycolate solution, and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Boc-Arg is completely dissolved, and a liquid crystal alignment agent (D -1 a ) is obtained. &lt;Example 59&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (E-la) obtained in Example 58 was filtered using a filter of Ι.ΟμΓη, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, and then dried on a hot plate at 80 °C. After baking at 230 ° C for 20 minutes for 5 minutes, a polyimide film having a film thickness of 100 nm was obtained. Ultraviolet rays of 254 μm having an irradiation amount of 〇J/cm 2 were applied to the surface of the coating film via a polarizing plate to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Two substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and a 4 μm distance adjuster was spread on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates, and the alignment direction of the two substrates was combined under the condition of parallel rotation of 85 degrees, and then the residual liquid crystal was injected. The conditions of the inlet are sealed around, and an empty cell having a cell gap of 4 μm is produced. Liquid crystal (MLC-2 04 1, manufactured by Merck) was vacuum-injected into the empty cell at room temperature, and the nematic liquid crystal cell was twisted after sealing the inlet. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After measuring the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell, the ion density was measured, and as a result, the voltage holding ratio was 99.4% at 23 ° C, 98.6% at 60 ° C, 95.3% at 90 ° C, and an ion density of 85 cP/cm 2 at 23 ° C. 60 °C 5 07 cP/cm2 ° -114-201033249 &lt;Comparative Example 1 〇&gt; A twisted nematic liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 59 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (Da) obtained in Comparative Example 9 was used. The alignment state of the liquid crystal cell was observed with a polarizing microscope, and it was confirmed that there was no defect uniform alignment. After measuring the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell, the ion density was measured, and as a result, the voltage holding ratio was 9 9 · 2 % at 23 ° C, 9 8 . 1 % at 60 ° C, and 9 4 · 9 at 90 ° C. %, the ion density is 159 cP/cm 2 at 23 ° C, and 6 0 ° CT 644 cP/cm 2 . From the above-mentioned results, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment film which is excellent in mechanical strength and which does not easily attach a frictional flaw even when a rubbing treatment is not carried out. Further, the liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element which can maintain a high voltage retention ratio and a low ion density even at a high temperature and has excellent reliability. In addition, when the polarized ultraviolet light is irradiated onto the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention and the light distribution treatment is performed to impart liquid crystal alignment energy, the liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be confirmed. It is a liquid crystal display element which has high reliability and high ion density and high reliability while maintaining high temperature. Comparing Example 5 and Comparative Example 1 0, it was confirmed that even if a liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is added with a decane coupling agent and other additives, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be obtained at a high temperature. Liquid crystal display element which has high voltage holding ratio and low ion density and has excellent reliability -115-201033249 [Industrial use possibility] It is obtained by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, and is subjected to friction treatment with friction scar and excellent mechanical strength. The liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal alignment film can obtain a liquid crystal display element with less display defects. In the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment element of the present invention is suitable as a liquid crystal alignment for a member of a liquid element, regardless of the alignment treatment method, and has a high voltage retention ratio and a low ion density at a high temperature to have an excellent liquid crystal display element. membrane. Since the polyimine precursor and the polyimine of the present invention contain a protected primary or secondary aliphatic amine, they can be separated from Boc intermolecular crosslinking during firing, thereby providing a polythene having excellent mechanical strength. Amine polyimide membranes are suitable for use in protective films and electronic devices, especially alignment films. Further, since the diamine compound of the present invention has a structure containing a Boc-based or a second-order aliphatic amine, it is most suitable as a precursor for the production of the present polyimine and polyimine, and a liquid crystal alignment raw material using the same. In addition, the specification of the Japanese Patent Application No. 2008-2783 No. 17 filed on Oct. 29, 2008, the entire disclosure of the patent application, and the entire contents of the disclosure are incorporated by reference. It is not easy to use this, and it can be used. The reliability of the crystal display is not B 〇 c based on the film, which is the application of the liquid crystal protection 1 invention.

Claims (1)

201033249 七、申請專利範園: 1. 一種液晶配向劑,其特徵爲,含有具有下述式(1 )所表示之構造的取代基之聚醯亞胺先驅物或該聚醯亞胺 先驅物的醯亞胺化聚合物, [化1]201033249 VII. Patent application: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent characterized by comprising a polyimine precursor having a substituent represented by the following formula (1) or a precursor of the polyimine醯iminated polymer, [Chemical 1] ch3 —ch3 ⑴ ch3 11 I3 —A—C一N-Ch3 —ch3 (1) ch3 11 I3 —A—C—N- r2 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1^、112及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中聚醯 亞胺先驅物或該聚醯亞胺先驅物之醯亞胺化聚合物係使用 ,具有式(1)所表示之取代基的二胺化合物及具有式(1 )所表示之取代基的四羧酸衍生物所成群中所選出之至少 ^ 一種而得。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之液晶配向劑,其中聚醯 亞胺先驅物或該聚醯亞胺先驅物之醯亞胺化聚合物係使用 全部二胺化合物及四羧酸衍生物的2至100莫耳%的具有 式(1)所表示之取代基的二胺化合物及/或具有式(1) 所表示之取代基的四羧酸衍生物而得。 4·如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任何一項之液晶配 向劑,其中聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,具有下述式(2)之構造 單位, -117 - 201033249 I R40 X—ζ_\ /Μ ο= OR4 Η Ν I b 1 ») γ—ζ -( Η Ν (2 (式中,Χι爲(4 + a )價之有機基,Υι爲(2 + b )價之有 機基,Κ·4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之院基,Z爲上述式(1 )所表示之構造,a及b各自爲0至4之整數,a + b&gt;0)。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任何一項之液晶配 向劑,其中聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(3)之構造 單位的構造, [化3] Ο 〇R2 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and 1^, 112 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein the polyamidene precursor or the ruthenium imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor has a substituent represented by the formula (1) At least one selected from the group consisting of a diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having a substituent represented by the formula (1). 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 2, wherein the polyamidene precursor or the ruthenium imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor uses all of the diamine compound and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative 2 Up to 100% by mole of a diamine compound having a substituent represented by the formula (1) and/or a tetracarboxylic acid derivative having a substituent represented by the formula (1). 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structural unit having the following formula (2), -117 - 201033249 I R40 X-ζ_\ /Μ ο= OR4 Η Ν I b 1 ») γ—ζ -( Η Ν (2 (wherein, Χι is an organic group of (4 + a) valence, Υι is an organic group of (2 + b) valence, Κ 4 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4, Z is a structure represented by the above formula (1), and a and b are each an integer of 0 to 4, a + b &gt; 0). The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the items 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit of the following formula (3), [Chemical 3] Ο 〇 -OR, X 4 (3) R4O—ff &gt;1—NH-Y2—NH- .1 〇Γ (i)c . (式中,X爲4價之有機基,γ2爲(2 + C)價之有機基’ R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,Z爲上述式(1)所表 示之構造’(;爲1至4之整數)。 6.如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任何一項之液晶配 向劑,其中聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(4)所表示 之構造單位的構造, -118- (4) 201033249 [化4] (2) c COOR4 --CO—X一CO—NH I COOR4-OR, X 4 (3) R4O-ff &gt;1—NH-Y2—NH— .1 〇Γ (i)c . (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group and γ2 is a (2 + C) valence The organic group 'R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Z is a structure '(; an integer of 1 to 4) represented by the above formula (1). 6. Patent Application Nos. 1 to 3 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (4), -118- (4) 201033249 [Chemical 4] (2) c COOR4 --CO—X—CO—NH I COOR4 R5—NH- — (式中,X爲4價之有機基,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之 烷基,R5爲單鍵或碳數1至20之2價有機基,Z爲上述 式(1)所表示之構造,c爲1至4之整數)。 7.如申請專利範圍第1至3墳中任何一項之液晶配 向劑,其中聚醯亞胺先驅物爲,含有下述式(5)所表示 之構造單位的構造, [化5]R5—NH— — wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and Z is the above The structure represented by the formula (1), c is an integer of 1 to 4). 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polyimine precursor is a structure containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (5), [Chem. 5] (Z) COOR4 「 -CO-X—CO-NH—d Λ COOR4 '—^ ΝΗ_(Z) COOR4 "-CO-X-CO-NH-d Λ COOR4 '-^ ΝΗ_ (式中,X爲4價之有機基,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之 院基,Z爲上述式(1)所表示之構造,c爲1至4之整數 )° 8. —種液晶配向膜,其爲,以150至300°C焙燒如申 請專利範圍第1至7項中任何一項之液晶配向劑而得。 9. 一種聚醯亞胺先驅物,其爲,含有下述式(6)所 表示之構造單位, -119- 201033249 [化6](wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, R4 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4, Z is a structure represented by the above formula (1), and c is an integer of 1 to 4). A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by baking a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 7 at 150 to 300 ° C. A polyimine precursor comprising a structural unit represented by the following formula (6), -119- 201033249 [Chem. 6] (式中,X爲4價之有機基,Y2爲(2 + c)價之有機基,Z 爲下述式(1)所表示之構造,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4 之烷基,c爲1至4之整數) [化7] ? I —A—C—N- I r2 o ch3 JL〇--ch3 ⑴ ch3 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1、112及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 10. —種聚醯亞胺,其爲,含有下述式(7)所表示 之構造單位, [化8](wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Y2 is a (2 + c) valence organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; , c is an integer from 1 to 4) I -A-C-N- I r2 o ch3 JL〇--ch3 (1) ch3 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, 1, 112 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). 10. A polyimine which comprises a structural unit represented by the following formula (7), [Chem. 8] -120- 201033249 (式中,X爲4價之有機基,¥2爲(2 + c)價之有機基,Z 爲下述式(1)所表示之構造,c爲1至4之整數) [化9] C—N I r2 Μ -ο ch3 —ch3 ⑴ ch3 (式中,a爲單鍵或2價之有機基,111、112及R3各自獨 Φ 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 11. 一種聚醯亞胺先驅物,其爲,含有下述式(8) 所表示之構造單位, [化 10] coor4 -CO-X—CO-NH I COOR4 (Z)c-ο r5-nh- (8) (式中,X爲4價之有機基,Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 造,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,R5爲碳數1至20 之2價有機基,c爲1至4之整數) [化 11] I1 I3 -A~C—ISI- I r2 〇 ch3 [ο——ch3⑴ ch3 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1^、112及R3各自獨 -121 - 201033249 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 12. 一種聚醯亞胺,其爲,含有下述式(9)所表示 之構造單位,-120- 201033249 (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, ¥2 is an organic group of (2 + c) valence, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and c is an integer of 1 to 4) C-NI r2 Μ -ο ch3 —ch3 (1) ch3 (wherein a is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and 111, 112 and R3 each independently form a hydrogen atom or have a carbon number of 1 to 20; 1 valent organic base). A polyimine precursor comprising a structural unit represented by the following formula (8), coor4 -CO-X-CO-NH I COOR4 (Z)c-ο r5-nh - (8) (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R5 is a carbon number of 1 to 20 a divalent organic group, c is an integer from 1 to 4) I11 I3 -A~C-ISI- I r2 〇ch3 [ο——ch3(1) ch3 (wherein A is a single bond or a two-valent organic The bases, 1^, 112 and R3 are each independently -121 - 201033249 and are represented by a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20. A polyimine which contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (9), (式中,X爲4價之有機基,Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 造,R5爲碳數1至20之2價有機基,c爲1至4之整數 [化 13] 11 |3 —A—C—N- I R2 o ch3 -IL-o--CH3 ⑴ ch3 ❹ (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,1^、112及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 13. —種聚醯亞胺先驅物,其爲,含有下述式(10) 所表示之構造單位, [化 14] Z )c C00R4 I -CO—X—CO—NH C00R4 NH- (10) 122 201033249 (式中,X爲4價之有機基,Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 造,R4爲氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基,c爲1至4之整數 [化 15] -A-(wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), R5 is a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and c is an integer of 1 to 4 [Chemical 13] 11 |3 —A—C—N— I R2 o ch3 -IL-o--CH3 (1) ch3 ❹ (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and 1^, 112 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 13. A polyimine precursor comprising a structural unit represented by the following formula (10), [Chem. 14] Z)c C00R4 I -CO —X—CO—NH C00R4 NH—(10) 122 201033249 (wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 Alkyl, c is an integer from 1 to 4 [Chem. 15] -A- Ri R3 〇 丨丨丨丨 R2 ch3 —ch3 ⑴ ch3 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 14. 一種聚醯亞胺,其爲,含有下述式(11)所表示 之構造單位,Ri R3 〇 丨丨丨丨 R2 ch3 —ch3 (1) ch3 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and R3 is independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). A polyimine which contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (11), [化 16] (式中,X爲4價之有機基,Z爲下述式(1)所表示之構 造,c爲1至4之整數) [化 17] Ri R3 0 I I II -A—c—N—^0 r2 ch3 ——ch3⑴ ch3 -123- 201033249 (式中,A爲單鍵或2價之有機基,Ri、R2及R3各自獨 立爲氫原子或碳數1至20之1價有機基)。 15. —種二胺化合物,其爲,如下述式(A)至(F) 所表示, [化 18](wherein X is a tetravalent organic group, Z is a structure represented by the following formula (1), and c is an integer of 1 to 4) [Chem. 17] Ri R3 0 II II -A-c —N—^0 r2 ch3 —ch3(1) ch3 -123- 201033249 (wherein A is a single bond or a divalent organic group, and Ri, R2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20 organic base). 15. A diamine compound which is represented by the following formulas (A) to (F), [Chem. 18] -124 201033249 四、指定代表圖: (一) 、本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 、本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明:無-124 201033249 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative figure of this case is: None (2), the representative symbol of the representative figure is simple: No -3- 201033249 五 本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:式(1) (化1) 11 13 -A一C一N- R2 3 ch3 ο--ch3 ch3-3- 201033249 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: (1) (Chemical 1) 11 13 -A-C-N-R2 3 ch3 ο--ch3 ch3 -4--4-
TW098136696A 2008-10-29 2009-10-29 Diamine, polyimide, liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film TWI480312B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008278317 2008-10-29

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201033249A true TW201033249A (en) 2010-09-16
TWI480312B TWI480312B (en) 2015-04-11

Family

ID=42128882

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW098136696A TWI480312B (en) 2008-10-29 2009-10-29 Diamine, polyimide, liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP5614284B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101613756B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102224452B (en)
TW (1) TWI480312B (en)
WO (1) WO2010050523A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103261956A (en) * 2010-10-19 2013-08-21 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent suitable for photo-lignment process, and liquid crystal alignment film using same
TWI510522B (en) * 2014-04-25 2015-12-01 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent and its application
TWI561555B (en) * 2012-02-01 2016-12-11 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
TWI588181B (en) * 2011-11-30 2017-06-21 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd A liquid crystal alignment film, a manufacturing method of a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element
TWI701270B (en) * 2014-12-22 2020-08-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102428121B (en) * 2009-03-10 2014-05-28 日产化学工业株式会社 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, and liquid crystal aligning agent
JP5598466B2 (en) * 2009-04-02 2014-10-01 日産化学工業株式会社 Polyimide precursor composition containing polyamic acid alkyl ester
KR101823712B1 (en) * 2010-05-28 2018-01-30 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent containing thermally cleavable group-containing compound, and liquid crystal alignment film
JP5998931B2 (en) * 2010-06-10 2016-09-28 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI510519B (en) 2010-06-30 2015-12-01 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device using the same
KR101824283B1 (en) 2010-07-13 2018-01-31 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR101826380B1 (en) 2010-07-26 2018-02-06 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR101832534B1 (en) 2010-08-17 2018-02-26 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Method for preparing diamine precursor compound
KR101878519B1 (en) * 2010-10-28 2018-07-13 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film
JP5699543B2 (en) * 2010-11-02 2015-04-15 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5929298B2 (en) * 2011-03-02 2016-06-01 Jnc株式会社 Diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element using the same, and method for forming liquid crystal alignment film
JP6274407B2 (en) * 2011-12-22 2018-02-07 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element for driving horizontal electric field
TWI496817B (en) * 2012-05-03 2015-08-21 Lg Chemical Ltd New poly-amic acid, photo-sensitive resin composition, dry film, and circuit board
WO2014034790A1 (en) * 2012-08-29 2014-03-06 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element
KR102101530B1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2020-04-16 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI598668B (en) * 2012-11-30 2017-09-11 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element
JP6512103B2 (en) 2013-10-23 2019-05-15 日産化学株式会社 Novel diamines, polyamic acids and polyimides
CN105940343B (en) * 2013-11-28 2019-09-24 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal and the liquid crystal expression element for having used it
KR102278973B1 (en) * 2013-11-28 2021-07-16 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2015141598A1 (en) * 2014-03-17 2015-09-24 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6350045B2 (en) * 2014-07-07 2018-07-04 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102354999B1 (en) * 2015-03-10 2022-01-24 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment layer and liquid crystal display device including the same
JP6447304B2 (en) * 2015-03-27 2019-01-09 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display element, retardation film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
JP6888241B2 (en) * 2015-04-08 2021-06-16 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal element
JP6776687B2 (en) * 2015-09-02 2020-10-28 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and manufacturing method thereof.
CN107075116B (en) * 2015-09-08 2019-07-23 株式会社Lg化学 Polymer for aligning agent for liquid crystal
KR101989587B1 (en) 2016-03-28 2019-06-14 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal photoalignment agent, liquid crystal photoalignment film containing the same and method for preparing liquid crystal photoalignment film
TWI773689B (en) * 2016-09-29 2022-08-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR102489696B1 (en) * 2017-04-14 2023-01-17 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI791614B (en) 2017-09-13 2023-02-11 日商日產化學股份有限公司 Diamine, polymer, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR102065937B1 (en) 2017-10-30 2020-01-14 김양수 LED Advertising Device
KR102267590B1 (en) 2018-11-20 2021-06-18 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment composition, method of preparing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display using the same
KR102267591B1 (en) 2018-11-20 2021-06-18 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment composition, method of preparing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display using the same
KR102410008B1 (en) 2019-01-21 2022-06-16 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment composition, and liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display using the same
KR20220046514A (en) 2019-08-08 2022-04-14 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element using same
JP2022101462A (en) 2020-12-24 2022-07-06 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment membrane and liquid crystal element

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08146431A (en) * 1994-11-24 1996-06-07 Hitachi Ltd Composition for liquid crystal oriented film, and liquid crystal oriented film
JP3206401B2 (en) 1995-11-20 2001-09-10 ジェイエスアール株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display device
JP3738492B2 (en) 1996-08-06 2006-01-25 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP3840743B2 (en) 1997-06-03 2006-11-01 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
KR20010024326A (en) * 1998-07-29 2001-03-26 고토 기치 Novel diamino compounds, polyamic acid, polyimide, liquid-crystal alignment film made from film of the polyimide, and liquid-crystal display element containing the alignment film
TWI291065B (en) * 2000-12-26 2007-12-11 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Diamines, polyimide precursors and polyimides produced by using the diamines, and liquid crystal aligning agents
WO2003102045A1 (en) * 2002-05-31 2003-12-11 Elsicon, Inc. Hybrid polymer materials for liquid crystal alignment layers
JP4232413B2 (en) * 2002-08-29 2009-03-04 チッソ株式会社 Diamine derivative having fluoroalkyl group
JP2004115687A (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-15 Jsr Corp Polyamic acid, imidized polymer, liquid crystal orientation agent and liquid crystal display element
CN100503583C (en) * 2003-06-17 2009-06-24 日产化学工业株式会社 Diaminobenzene compound
US7498068B2 (en) * 2004-04-28 2009-03-03 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Liquid-crystal aligning agent, liquid-crystal alignment film comprising the same, and liquid-crystal element
JP2006016303A (en) * 2004-06-02 2006-01-19 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Diamine having optically active group and polyimide precursor and polyimide each using the same
JP2007011221A (en) 2005-07-04 2007-01-18 Hitachi Cable Ltd Liquid crystal aligning agent
EP2305631A1 (en) * 2005-12-23 2011-04-06 Rolic AG Photocrosslinkable materials
KR100774616B1 (en) 2006-06-15 2007-11-12 한국화학연구원 Polyamic acid derivatives with low pretilt angles and method for preparing them for liquid crystal alignment layer

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103261956A (en) * 2010-10-19 2013-08-21 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent suitable for photo-lignment process, and liquid crystal alignment film using same
CN103261956B (en) * 2010-10-19 2016-03-16 日产化学工业株式会社 Be applicable to the aligning agent for liquid crystal of light orientation process method and use the liquid crystal orientation film of this aligning agent for liquid crystal
TWI588181B (en) * 2011-11-30 2017-06-21 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd A liquid crystal alignment film, a manufacturing method of a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element
TWI561555B (en) * 2012-02-01 2016-12-11 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
TWI510522B (en) * 2014-04-25 2015-12-01 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent and its application
TWI701270B (en) * 2014-12-22 2020-08-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101649839B1 (en) 2016-08-19
JP5846230B2 (en) 2016-01-20
KR101613756B1 (en) 2016-04-19
CN102224452A (en) 2011-10-19
KR20110079733A (en) 2011-07-07
JP2014144955A (en) 2014-08-14
CN102224452B (en) 2014-07-09
KR20150140847A (en) 2015-12-16
WO2010050523A1 (en) 2010-05-06
JP5614284B2 (en) 2014-10-29
JPWO2010050523A1 (en) 2012-03-29
TWI480312B (en) 2015-04-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201033249A (en) Diamine, polyimide, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal alignment film
TWI567106B (en) Polyimide precursors, polyimides and liquid crystal alignants
TWI501998B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid ester, and a liquid crystal alignment film
WO2017196001A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent compositions, liquid crystal alignment layer manufacturing method, liquid crystal alignment layer using same, and liquid crystal display device
TWI602852B (en) Optical alignment method with the liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display components
JP6064997B2 (en) Polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2018526670A (en) Method for producing photo-alignment film
TW201209078A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent containing thermally cleavable group-containing compound, and liquid crystal alignment film
KR20170027665A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal device, and method of manufacturing them
JP5998939B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent containing polyamic acid ester and polyamic acid
JP2016145954A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, and compound
KR20190125992A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TW201339203A (en) Liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5655439B2 (en) Novel liquid crystal aligning agent with photo-alignment and novel diamine compound
WO2015080185A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using same
CN117567741B (en) Polyamic acid and preparation method thereof, liquid crystal aligning agent, alignment film and display device
WO2019189637A1 (en) Novel liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2014208664A (en) Novel diamine compound
WO2023068085A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and compound
CN112005164A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20240090440A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, and compound